Quarterlytics / Industrials / Staffing & Employment Services / ShiftPixy, Inc.

ShiftPixy, Inc.

pixy · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pixy
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Staffing & Employment Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · ShiftPixy, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
xx ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020

OR

¨¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____________ to _____________

SEC File No. 024-10557

SHIFTPIXY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Wyoming
(State of incorporation or organization)

47-4211438
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL
33131
(Address of principal executive offices)

92618

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number:(888) 798-9100

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per
share
Title of each class registered

Trading
Symbol(s)
PIXY

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Name of each exchange on which
each class is registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging company. See
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

¨
x
x

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

¨
x

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ¨

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. §7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes ¨ No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last
business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter ($7.33 on February 28, 2020) was approximately $3,682,000.

The number of outstanding shares of Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, was 20,902,146 shares as of November 30, 2020.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Description of Business
  Risk Factors
  Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

  Legal Proceedings
  Mine Safety Disclosures

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Small Business Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Financial Statements

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
  Controls and Procedures
  Other Information

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
  Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

  Exhibits

2

4 
19 
39 
39 
39 
41 

41 
43 
43 
72 
73 
74 
74 
75 

76 
80 
83 
84 
85 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

This Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  the  other  reports,  statements,  and  information  that  we  have  previously  filed  or  that  we  may  subsequently  file  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”),  and  public  announcements  that  we  have  previously  made  or  may  subsequently  make,  contain  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the
meaning of the federal securities laws, including the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Unless the
context is otherwise, the forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and those reports, statements, information and announcements
address  activities,  events  or  developments  that  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  (referred  to  throughout  this Annual  Report  as  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  the  “  Company”  or  “ShiftPixy”),  expects  or
anticipates will or may occur in the future. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can
identify  forward-looking  statements  because  they  contain  words  such  as  “may,” “might,”  “will,”  “should,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,” “could,”  “intends,”  “target,”
“projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our
expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

our future financial performance, including our revenue, costs of revenue and operating expenses;

our ability to achieve and grow profitability;

the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents and investments to meet our liquidity needs;

our predictions about industry and market trends;

our ability to expand successfully internationally;

our ability to manage effectively our growth and future expenses;

our estimated total addressable market;

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

the effect that the novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) or other public health issues could have on our business and financial condition and the economy in
general; and

our ability to be successful in defending litigation brought against us.

We caution you that the forward-looking statements highlighted above do not encompass all of the forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K.

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe
may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks,
uncertainties and other factors described in the section of this Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and challenging
environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-
looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or
occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The  forward-looking  statements  made  in  this  Form  10-K  relate  only  to  events  as  of  the  date  on  which  the  statements  are  made.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  any
forward-looking  statements  made  in  this  Form  10-K  to  reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the  date  of  this  report  or  to  reflect  new  information  or  the  occurrence  of
unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should
not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions,
joint ventures, other strategic transactions or investments we may make or enter into.

The risks and uncertainties we currently face are not the only ones we face. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. There
may be additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial to our business. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our
business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. If any
such risks occur, our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition could be materially affected in an adverse manner.

The industry and market data contained in this report are based either on our management’s own estimates or, where indicated, independent industry publications, reports by
governmental  agencies  or  market  research  firms  or  other  published  independent  sources  and,  in  each  case,  are  believed  by  our  management  to  be  reasonable  estimates.
However, industry and market data are subject to change and cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the
voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. We have not independently verified
market and industry data from third-party sources. In addition, consumption patterns and customer preferences can and do change. As a result, you should be aware that market
share, ranking and other similar data set forth herein, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be verifiable or reliable.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 1. Description of Business

Company Information

 PART I

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Wyoming on June 3, 2015. Our principal executive office is located at 501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL
33131, and our telephone number is (888) 798-9100. Our website address is www.shiftpixy.com. Our website does not form a part of this Form 10-K and listing of our website
address is for informational purposes only. 

Business Overview

Our market focus is to use a traditional staffing services business model, coupled with developed technology, to address underserved markets containing predominately lower
wage  employees  with  high  turnover,  including  the  light  industrial,  services,  and  food  and  hospitality  markets.  In  addition,  we  have  begun  to  expand  our  services  into  other
industries  that  utilize  higher  paid  employees  on  a  temporary  or  part-time  basis,  including  the  medical/nurse  staffing  industry.  We  provide  human  resources,  employment
compliance,  insurance,  payroll,  and  operational  employment  services  solutions  for  our  business  clients  (“clients”  or  “operators”)  and  shift  work  or  “gig”  opportunities  for
worksite  employees  (“WSEs”  or  “shifters”). As  consideration  for  providing  these  services,  we  receive  administrative  or  processing  fees  as  a  percentage  of  a  client’s  gross
payroll, process and file payroll taxes and payroll tax returns, provide workers’ compensation insurance, and provide employee benefits. We have built a substantial business on
a recurring revenue model since our inception in 2015. For Fiscal 2020, we processed approximately $186.2 million in total payroll billings, which includes $120.7 million
attributable  to  clients  transferred  to  Vensure  Employer  Services,  Inc.  (“Vensure”),  and  therefore  included  in  our  discontinued  operations  related  to  the  Vensure Asset  Sale
(defined below). When these discontinued operations are excluded, we processed over $65 million in payroll billings. We expect to continue to experience significant customer
growth; however, we have experienced operating losses to date, including approximately $35 million of operating losses for the last two fiscal years combined, as we have
invested in both our technology solutions as well as the back-office operations required to service a large employee base under our staffing model.

Although  we  have  recently  expanded  into  other  industries,  as  noted  above,  our  current  primary  focus  continues  to  be  on  clients  in  the  restaurant  and  hospitality  industries,
traditionally  market  segments  with  high  employee  turnover  and  low  pay  rates.  We  believe  that  these  industries  will  be  better  served  by  our  Human  Resources  Information
System (“HRIS”) technology platform and related mobile application, which provide payroll and human resources tracking for our clients and we believe will result in lower
operating  costs,  improved  customer  experience  and  revenue  growth  acceleration. All  of  our  clients  enter  into  service  agreements  with  us  or  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,
ReThink Human Capital Management, Inc. (“ReThink”).

Our revenues for Fiscal 2020 primarily consisted of administrative fees calculated as a percentage of gross payroll processed, payroll taxes due on WSEs billed to the client and
remitted to the applicable taxation authority, and workers’ compensation premiums billed to the client for which we facilitate workers’ compensation coverage. Our costs of
revenues consisted of accrued and paid payroll taxes and our costs to provide the workers’ compensation coverage including premiums and loss reserves. A significant portion
of our assets and liabilities is for our workers’ compensation reserves. Our cash balances related to these reserves are carried as assets and our estimates of projected workers’
compensation claims are carried as liabilities. Since Fiscal 2019, we have provided a self-funded workers’ compensation policy for up to $500,000 and purchased reinsurance for
claims in excess of $500,000. We actively monitor and manage our clients’ and WSEs’ workers’ compensation claims, which we believe allows us to provide a lower cost
workers’ compensation option for our clients than they would otherwise be able to purchase on their own.

As of August 31, 2020, the Company had 78 clients with over 3,100 WSEs, and processed payroll of over $65 million during Fiscal 2020, an increase of nearly 61% over Fiscal
2019 after adjusting for Fiscal 2019 terminations. Of these WSEs, approximately 95% represent workers in the restaurant industry. In addition, as of August 31, 2020, there
were an additional 38,000 inactive WSEs in our HRIS technology platform who are available for gig opportunities.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact upon and delayed our expected growth, which we have observed through a decrease in our billed customers and WSEs
beginning  in  mid-March  2020,  when  the  State  of  California  first  implemented  “lockdown”  measures.  Significantly,  substantially  all  of  our  February  29,  2020  billed  WSEs
worked for clients located in Southern California, and many of these clients were required to furlough or layoff employees or, in some cases, completely close their operations.
However, during the six month period beginning March 1, 2020, (immediately before the COVID-19 pandemic had widespread impact throughout the economy), and through
the end of Fiscal 2020, (as the pandemic took hold), we continued to close new customer opportunities. The combination of our sales efforts and the opportunities our services
provide  to  businesses  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  resulted  in  additional  business  opportunities  for  new  client  location  additions,  but  our  WSE  billings  per  client
location decreased as many clients were shut down, or reduced staffing during the quarter ended May 31, 2020. For the month of May 2020, our billed client count decreased to
81 clients, but client locations increased by 24% to over 300 client locations compared to the month of February 2020. The Southern California economy experienced a modest
recovery in June and through mid-July. On July 13, 2020, the Governor of the State of California re-implemented certain COVID-19 related lockdown restrictions in most of
the counties in the state, including those located in Southern California where most of our clients reside.  Since that time, the fluid nature of the pandemic has resulted in the
issuance of additional health orders by county health authorities, resulting in uneven patterns of business openings and closings throughout the state but due to the fluid nature of
the pandemic, we are unable to evaluate fully the probable impact of this lockdown development on our overall customer base. We believe that our business will be impacted
based  upon  the  negative  effect  on  those  clients  that  rely  more  heavily  upon  in-person  dining  to  the  extent  that  in-person  dining  restrictions  are  required.  We  observed  this
through the loss of several restaurant clients during our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2020, of which two closed their doors due to the pandemic.

In July 2020, we signed our first healthcare client, representing a potential gain of 8,000 WSEs, and began to onboard these WSEs in late July and into August on a very limited
basis. We expect these new healthcare WSEs to earn an average of 2 to 3 times more than the average restaurant WSE we have typically onboarded in the past, which should
yield higher gross profits per healthcare WSE compared to a restaurant or other lower-wage worker.

Despite the impact of the pandemic and the churn of the economic recovery and restrictions, for the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020, quarterly billings increased 23.7% over the
quarterly  billings  for  the  pre-pandemic  second  fiscal  quarter  ending  February  29,  2020.  We  saw  quarterly  and  monthly  declines  in  billings  for  the  third  fiscal  quarter  with
substantial recovery in the fourth quarter and continuing into the first two months of the quarter ending November 30, 2020. For the month of August, our monthly billings
increased 24.4% over our May 2020 monthly billings and, for the month of October, our unaudited gross monthly billings increased nearly 55% over the May 2020 levels. We
ended October 2020 with 90 clients, 744 client locations, (many of which are single person healthcare locations), and nearly 3,500 billed WSEs. As we continue into Fiscal
2021, we believe that our business will continue to be impacted based upon the negative effect on those clients that rely more heavily upon in-person dining, but due to the fluid
nature of the pandemic, as noted above, we are unable to evaluate fully its probable impact on our overall customer base as of the date of this Form 10-K.

5

 
 
 
 
 
We believe that our customer value proposition is to provide a combination of overall net cost savings to the client as follows:

·

·

·

·

·

Payroll tax compliance and management services

Governmental HR compliance such as for Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) compliance requirements

Reduced client workers’ compensation premiums or enhanced coverage

Access to an employee pool of potential applicants to reduce turnover costs

Offset by increased administrative fee cost to the client payable to us

Our Company founders and management believe that providing this baseline business, coupled with  a  technology  solution  to  address  additional  concerns  such  as  employee
scheduling  and  turnover,  provides  a  unique,  cost  effective  solution  to  the  HR  compliance,  staffing,  and  scheduling  problems  that  businesses  face.  Our  next  goal,  currently
underway, is to match the needs of small businesses with paying “gigs” with a fully compliant and lower cost staffing solution. For this, we need to acquire a significant number
of WSEs to provide our clients with a variety of solutions for their unique staffing needs and to facilitate the employment relationship.

Managing,  recruiting,  and  scheduling  a  large  number  of  low  wage  employees  can  be  both  difficult  and  expensive.  The  acquisition  and  recruiting  of  such  an  employee
population is highly labor intensive and costly in part due to high onboarding and maintenance costs such as tax information capture or I-9 verification. Early in our history, we
evaluated these costs and determined that proper process flows, automated with blockchain and cloud technology and coupled with access to lower cost workers’ compensation
policies resulting from economies of scale could result in a profitable and low-cost scalable business model. Over the past four years, we have invested heavily in a robust,
cloud-based HRIS platform in order to:

·

·

·

reduce WSE management costs,

automate new WSE and client onboarding, and

provide additional value-added services for our business clients resulting in additional revenue streams to us.

Beginning in 2017, we began to develop our HRIS database and front-end desktop and mobile phone application to facilitate easier WSE and client onboarding processes as
well as to provide additional client functionality and the opportunity for WSEs to find shift work. Beginning in March 2019, we transitioned the development of our mobile
application from a third party vendor in house and launched in 2019. As of August 31, 2019, we had completed the initial launch using mobile applications developed by the
third party vendor and begun to provide some of the HRIS and application services to select legacy customers on a test basis. Our in-house engineers, along with a new third
party vendor, are continuing to implement additional HRIS functionality in delivery, gig intermediation services, and scheduling through our mobile phone application. We see
these technology-based services as multiple potential revenue drivers with limited additional costs.

Our cloud-based HRIS platform captures, holds, and processes HR and payroll information for our clients and WSEs through an easy to use customized front end interface
coupled with a secure, remotely hosted database. The HRIS system can be accessed by either a desktop computer or an easy to use electronic mobile application designed with
HR workflows in mind. Once fully implemented, we expect to reduce the time, expense, and error rate for onboarding our client employees into our HRIS ecosystem. Once
onboarded, the client employees are included as our WSEs and are included as available for shift work within our business ecosystem. This allows our HRIS platform to serve
as a gig marketplace for WSEs and allows for client businesses to better manage their staffing needs.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Services  

Our core business is to provide regular payroll processing services to clients under an employment administrative services (“EAS”) model in addition to individual services,
such as payroll tax compliance, workers’ compensation insurance, and employee HR compliance management.    In  addition,  in  November  2019,  we  launched  our  employee
onboarding function and employee scheduling functions to our customers in our mobile application. With the full commercial launch of our mobile application software in the
future, we expect to provide additional services including “white label” food delivery functionality.  

Figure 1

Our core EAS are typically provided to our clients for one-year renewable terms. As of the date of this Form 10-K, we have not had any material revenues or billings generated
within  our  HRIS  from  additional  services.  We  expect  that  our  future  service  offerings,  including  technology-based  services  provided  through  our  HRIS  system  and  mobile
application, will provide for additional revenue streams and support cost reductions for existing and future clients. We expect that our future services will be offered through “a
la carte” pricing via customizable on-line contracts.

The new Gig Economy has grown dramatically in recent years, and is projected to continue to grow well into the future. According to various industry publications, as of 2019,
41.1 million workers in the United States were self-employed, (a number expected to grow to 52% by 2023), while, according to data published by Statista, an estimated 25.66
to 28.28 million U.S. workers were employed only part-time during 2019. Further, per various industry reports, as of 2019, 24% of U.S. workers were using on-line platforms in
connection with their work, including 38% of the millennials in the workforce. We are targeting employers of this population of part-time, computer savvy workers through our
business model and technology.

The  new  Gig  Economy  has  created  legal  issues  regarding  the  classification  of  workers  as  independent  contractors  or  employees.  In  addition,  the  rising  trend  of  predictive
scheduling  creates  logistical  issues  for  our  clients  regarding  workers’  schedules.  We  provide  solutions  to  businesses  struggling  with  these  compliance  issues  primarily  by
absorbing our clients’ workers, whom we refer to as WSEs but are also referred to as “shift workers,” “shifters,” “gig workers,” or “assigned employees.” WSEs are included
under our corporate employee umbrella and we handle certain employment-related compliance responsibilities for our clients as part of our services. This arrangement benefits
WSEs  by  providing  additional  work  opportunities  through  access  to  our  clients.  WSEs  further  benefit  from  employee  status  benefits  through  our  benefit  plan  offerings,
including minimum essential health insurance coverage plans and 401(k) plans, as well as enjoying the protections of workers’ compensation coverage. For providing these
services, once our platform is fully functional and commercialized, we expect to bill annual gross wages of $20,000 per WSE, yielding a gross profit of $1,200 per restaurant
and hospitality WSE each year.

7

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technological Solution

Figure 2

At the heart of our EAS solution is a secure, cloud-based HRIS database accessible
by  a  desktop  or  mobile  device  through  which our  WSEs  will  be  able  to  find
available  shift  work  at  our  client  locations.    This  solution  solves  a  problem  of
finding available shift work for both the WSEs seeking additional work and clients
looking to fill open shifts.  For new WSEs, the mobile application includes an easy
to  use  WSE  onboarding  functionality  which  we  believe  will  increase  our  pool of
WSEs  and  provide  a  deep  bench  of  worker  talent  for  our  business  clients.    The
onboarding  feature  of  our  software enables  us  to  capture  all  application  process
related  data  regarding  our  assigned  employees  and  to  introduce  employees  to and
integrate  them  into  the  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem.    The  mobile  application  features  a
chatbot  that  leverages  artificial intelligence  to  aid  in  gathering  the  data  from
workers  via  a  series  of  questions  designed  to  capture  all  required  information,
including customer specific and governmental information.  Final onboarding steps
requiring signatures can also be prepared from the HRIS onboarding module.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2019, we implemented additional functionality to provide a scheduling component to our software, which enables each client worksite to schedule workers and to identify
shift gaps that need to be filled. We utilize artificial intelligence to maintain schedules and fulfillment, using an active methodology to engage and move people to action. We
began using this functionality at the end of Fiscal 2019 on a test basis.

One of the final phases of our initial platform consists of our “shift intermediation” functionality, which is designed to enable our WSEs to receive information regarding and to
accept available shift work opportunities at multiple worksite locations. The intermediation functionality becomes useful only to the extent that we have meaningful numbers of
WSEs and client shift opportunities in the same geographic region. We continued our customer testing efforts and rollout during Fiscal 2020 and added significant functionality
to our platform, including: (i) scheduling and time and attendance components; (ii) a “white label” customer ordering application geared to QSRs; and (iii) customer loyalty
tracking and remarketing capabilities. We expect all of these features, including shift intermediation, to be available for commercial distribution to our clients during Fiscal
2021.

Our goal is to have a mature and robust hosted cloud based HRIS platform coupled with a seamless and technically sophisticated mobile application that will act as both a
revenue generation system as well as a “viral” customer acquisition engine through the combination of the scheduling, delivery, and intermediation features and interactions.
We believe that once a critical mass of clients and WSEs is achieved, additional shift opportunities will be created in the food service, hospitality, and other industries. Our
approach  to  achieving  this  critical  mass  is  currently  focused  on  marketing  our  services  to  restaurant  owners  and  franchisees,  focusing  on  specific  brands  and  geographic
locations. We expect critical mass to be a function of both geography, such as in Southern California, for viral adoption by WSEs and clients, or by adoption within franchise
brands.

Markets and Marketing

Our  current  primary  market  focus  on  the  food  service  and  hospitality  industries  was  chosen  based  on  our  understanding  of  the  issues  and  challenges  facing  Quick  Service
Restaurants (“QSRs”), including fast food franchises and local restaurants. To this end, we have chosen to invest in two key features of our mobile application consisting of: i)
scheduling  functionality,  which  is  designed  to  enhance  the  client’s  experience  through  scheduling  of  employees  and  reducing  the  impact  of  turnover,  and  ii)  delivery
functionality, which is designed to increase revenues through “in house” delivery fulfillment, thereby reducing delivery costs.

Figure 3

One of the most recent significant developments in the food and hospitality industry is
the  rapid  rise  of  third-party  restaurant delivery  providers  such  as  Uber  EatsTM,
GrubHubTM,  and  DoorDashTM.    These  providers have  successfully  increased  QSR
revenue in many local markets by providing food delivery to a wide-scale audience using
contract delivery drivers.  We have observed two significant issues impacting our clients
and  third-party  delivery  providers that  are  increasingly  being  reported  in  the  news
media.    The  first  issue  is  the  large  revenue  share  typically  being paid  to  third-party
delivery providers as delivery fees.  These additional costs erode the profit for the QSRs
from additional  sales  made  through  the  delivery  channel.    The  second  issue  is  that  our
QSR  customers  have  encountered logistical  problems  with  food  deliveries  -  late
deliveries,  cold  food,  missing  accessories,  and  unfriendly  delivery  people.    This has
caused significant “brand erosion” and has caused these clients to reconsider third-party
delivery.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We provide a solution to the third-party delivery issues. We designed our HRIS platform to manage food deliveries by the QSRs using internal personnel and a customized
“white label” mobile application. Our recently released delivery feature links this “white label” delivery ordering system to our delivery solution, thereby freeing the QSR to
have  their  own  brand  showcasing  an  ordering  mobile  application  but  retaining  similar  back-office  delivery  technology  including  scheduling,  ordering,  and  delivery  status
pushed to a customer’s smart phone. Our technology and approach to human capital management provides a unique window into the daily demands of QSR operators and the
ability to extend our technology and engagement to enable this self-delivery proposition. Our new driver management layer for operators in the ShiftPixy Ecosystem will allow
clients  to  use  their  own  team  members  to  deliver  a  positive  customer  experience.  Our  mobile  application  already  provides  the  HR  compliance,  management  and  insurance
solutions necessary to support a delivery option and create a turnkey self-delivery opportunity for the individual QSR operator. Our solution saves delivery costs to the QSR
client and allows them to retain the customer information and quality control over the food delivery. We are marketing this solution to our clients under the ZiPixy brand.

The first phase of this component of our platform is the driver onboarding functionality, which was completed in 2019 by the initial third party vendor. The enhanced features
under development will “micro meter” the essential commercial insurance coverages required by our operator clients on a delivery-by-delivery basis (workers’ compensation
and  auto  coverages)  which  has  been  a  significant  barrier  for  some  QSRs  to  provide  their  own  delivery  services.  We  began  using  the  “delivery  features”  of  our  mobile
application  for  selected  customers  on  a  trial  basis  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  2019  and  are  continuing  to  work  toward  full  deployment  of  this  solution,  with  wide-scale
commercial rollout expected during Fiscal 2021.

10

 
 
 
 
A  significant  problem  for  small  businesses,  particularly  in  the  food  service  industry,  such  as  QSRs,  involves  compliance  with  employment  related  regulations  imposed  by
federal,  state  and  local  governments.  Requirements  associated  with  workers’  compensation  insurance,  and  other  traditional  employment  compliance  issues,  including  the
employer mandate provisions of the ACA, create compliance challenges and increased costs. The compliance challenges are often complicated by “workaround” solutions that
many employers resort to in order to avoid characterizing employees as “full-time” and requires increased compliance to avoid fines and penalties. As of the date of this Form
10-K, the United States Congress has considered but not passed legislation replacing the ACA, with the exception that the individual mandate provision was removed in 2017.
Despite the removal of the individual mandate, employers still face regulatory issues and overhead costs for which we believe our services are a cost-effective solution.

Other regulation is prevalent at the state and local levels. Recently in California, where most of our WSEs currently reside, legislation was passed that more clearly defines gig
workers for companies such as Lyft or Uber as employees rather than their previous classification as independent contractors. We believe that legislation such as this is a direct
response to a considerable loss of tax revenue from the gig companies’ contract employees. In November, 2020, California voters passed Proposition 22, which had the effect of
repealing this legislation and restoring independent contractor status with respect to “app-based drivers.” Nevertheless, Proposition 22 also instituted various labor and wage
policies that are specific to app-based drivers and their employers that do not apply to other independent contractors, including: (i) minimum wage requirements; (ii) working
hours limitations; (iii) requiring companies to pay healthcare subsidies under certain circumstances; and (iv) requiring companies to provide or make available occupational
accident insurance and accidental death insurance to their app-based drivers. We believe that, within the next few years, there is an increasing likelihood that workers in other
states  will  have  to  be  treated  in  a  manner  more  similar  to  traditional  employees  than  independent  contractors,  which  will  likely  include,  at  a  minimum,  wage  and  benefit
provisions similar to those guaranteed by Proposition 22. Our business model provides a solution to this likely regulatory change by absorbing workers for these types of gig
economy companies as our employees, eliminating any risk of litigation, fines and other worker misclassification problems for these types of gig economy companies to the
extent they become our clients.

Figure 4

The  worldwide  trend  toward  a  gig  economy  is  a  result  of  the  market  adoption  of  smart  phones  and  mobile  telephones,  and  remote  office  workers  moving  away  from  the
traditional office or factory workplace. For our target WSE audience, as of February 2019, over 92 % of 18-30-year-old workers have, or use, a smart phone. This development
has created opportunities for companies catering to the use of these devices. We have designed our mobile application to utilize the smartphone adoption to create an easy to use
on-boarding tool for potential employees. The migration towards a gig economy trend is also significant. According to a 2016 study conducted by Ardent partners, nearly 42%
of the world’s total workforce is now considered ‘non-employee,’ which includes contingent/contract workers, temporary staff, gig workers, freelancers, professional services,
and independent contractors. Our initial focus in the marketing of our product to the larger gig economy is to small and medium sized businesses with high worker turnover such
as  the  restaurant  and  hospitality  industries  that  have  high  turnover  and  often  contract  with  independent  contractor  workers  to  perform  less  than  full-time  gig  engagements,
primarily in the form of shift work.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the gig economy and gig workers appears to be mixed. According to The AppJobs Institute, which conducts research on the gig
economy, the pandemic has caused an increase in global demand for certain jobs such as delivery, online surveys and market research, while there has been a 36% drop in
demand for other jobs that require entry into the home, such as house-sitting, babysitting and cleaning. Similarly, we observed a significant decline in our food and hospitality
WSEs  located  in  our  Southern  California  markets  during  mid-March,  which  coincided  with  the  shutdown  of  many  of  our  QSR  clients’  dining  locations.  Nevertheless,  our
number of WSEs began to rebound in early May, as various lockdown measures were relaxed and many restaurant operators created  “work-around” solutions to new health and
safety regulations, including improved takeout and delivery, as well as limited in-person dining. We believe that our HRIS platform provides long-term benefits to our clients
that will outlast the COVID-19 pandemic. We do not believe that the post-pandemic employment environment will decrease the migration of workers towards a gig economy,
and we expect that the demand for services that match those workers with gig opportunities will continue to increase.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 5

We believe we will experience business and revenue growth in the gig economy from the following factors:

·

·

·

·

Large Potential  Market. Current  statistics  show  that  there  are  over  15.1  million  employees  working  in  our  initial  target market--the  restaurant  and  hospitality
industries -- representing over $300 billion of annual revenues. Compared to the total workforce in all industries, workers in the restaurant industry have a notably
higher  percentage  of  part-time  workers. At  our current  monetization  rate  per  employee,  this  represents  an  annual  gig  economy  revenue  opportunity  of  over  $9
billion  per  year for the United States. Our intention is to expand both our geographic footprint and our service offerings into other industries,  particularly  where
part-time work is a significant component of the applicable labor force, including the retail and health care sectors.

Rapid Rise of Independent Workers. The number of independent workers, totaling approximately 41 million in 2018, is expected to increase to 40% of the private,
non-farm U.S. workforce by 2021. As of early 2019, approximately 48% of the U.S. workforce has worked as an independent employee as either part time or on a
contract basis. We do not expect this shift to independent workers to change as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Technology Affecting Attitudes towards Employment Related Engagements. Gig-economy platforms have changed the way part-time workers can identify and
connect to work opportunities, and millennials and others have embraced such technologies as a means to secure short-term employment related engagements. The
significant  increase  in  the  adoption  of  smart  phone devices  has  provided  the  “last  mile”  platform  to  enable  technology  solutions such  as  ours  to  provide  a  gig
economy platform. Most importantly, as of February 2019, an estimated 92% of our target audience of 18-35 year old workers regularly used a smart phone.

New  ShiftPixy  Mobile  App  is  Designed to  Provide  Additional  Benefits  to  Employers  and  Shift  Workers. Millennials  represent  approximately  40%  of  the
independent workforce who are over the age of 21 and who work 15 hours or more each week. Mindful that we anticipate most of our shifters will be millennials
who connect with the outside world primarily through a mobile device, we are poised to significantly expand our business through our mobile app. Our mobile app
is  a  proprietary  application  downloaded  to  mobile  devices,  allowing  our shifters  to  access  shift  work  opportunities  at  all  of  our  clients,  not  just  their  current
restaurant  or  hospitality  provider. Our intermediation feature, which we anticipate will be widely available in the near future, will also allow shift employees not
currently working at our clients to access shift work opportunities across our entire client platform.

12

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figure 6 

The ShiftPixy Ecosystem Solution

We have developed an HRIS Ecosystem comprised of a closed proprietary operating and processing information system that provides a tool for businesses needing staffing
flexibility  to  schedule  existing  employees  and  to  post  open  schedule  slots  to  be  filled  by  an  available  pool  of  shift  workers  (the  “ShiftPixy  Ecosystem”).  The  ShiftPixy
Ecosystem provides the following benefits to our clients:

1. 

2.

3.

Compliance:  We  assume a substantial portion of responsibility for a business’s employment regulatory compliance issues by having all  client  shifter  employees
become employees of us. Through the ShiftPixy Ecosystem, we can assist our clients with the staffing of their shift employee requirements by providing a qualified
pool of potential applicants as shift workers. The individual WSE is a legal employee of ours and we thereby provide employment regulatory compliance reporting,
taking this burden away from our clients. The client’s management time spent on compliance issues is substantially reduced and allows client management to focus
on their business.

Operational improvements: Our service can reduce the impact of high turnover, which is a consistent problem across the restaurant industry and a significant issue
to  our  clients.  Our  service  provides  pre-screened applicants  for  permanent  positions  as  well  as  access  to  the  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem  population  of  potential  shift
workers. The flexibility inherent in the ecosystem approach can better tailor the staffing needs of a client to the talent pool available.

Cost Savings: The  payroll  and  related  costs  associated  with  WSEs  such  as  workers’  compensation  and  benefits  are  consolidated and  charged,  in  effect,  in
conjunction with the shifters’ applicable rates of pay, allowing the clients to fund the  employment related costs as the services are used, thereby avoiding various
lump sum employment-related cost impositions. Cost savings for our clients can vary but they typically experience cost reductions in reduced overhead costs related
to HR compliance, payroll processing, and elimination of non-compliance fines and related penalties. Clients also experience reduced turnover and the related costs.
We exploit economies of scale in purchasing employer related solutions such as workers’ compensation and other benefits and can provide a WSE to a business at a
lower cost than the business can otherwise typically staff a particular position.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.

Improved human  resources  management:  By having  access  to  our  entire  part-time  workforce,  a  client  business  is  enabled  to  scale  up  or  down  more  rapidly,
making  it easier to contain and manage operational costs. The two largest costs for a restaurant are food and labor. We charge a fixed  percentage  on  wages  that
allows  the  client  business  to  budget  and  plan  more  effectively  without  the  full  weight  associated with  the  threats  of  penalties  or  missteps  in  dealing  with
employment law compliance related issues.

14

 
 
 
 
ShiftPixy Labs

On July 29, 2020, we announced the launch of ShiftPixy Labs, a new suite of marketing and support services for QSRs. Through ShiftPixy Labs, we expect to further promote
our brand and provide additional layers of services and engagement, from business startup clear through to customer meal delivery. We anticipate that this new functionality
will build on our traditional platform that empowers restaurant operators to take advantage of their human capital with tools to handle payroll, compliance and native delivery.
On August 11, 2020, we announced the addition of our “Ghost Kitchen Incubator Project” to ShiftPixy Labs, which we believe represents an opportunity for aspiring restaurant
operators to gain valuable information and insights on how to launch their new businesses, as well as how to build and optimize around delivery and off-premise dining from
the  ground  up.  We  believe  that,  by  building  these  relationships  with  budding  restauranteurs,  we  will  forge  lasting  partnerships  that  could  open  the  door  to  further  business
opportunities. As part of these efforts, we are in the process of starting a new contest program, which will offer qualified chefs and operators the chance to earn a spot in our
“incubator” by pitching and testing new ideas with fully simulated ghost kitchen and delivery experiences. We intend to stream the contest, as well as the Incubator Project, on
social media outlets such as YouTube, providing the Company and all participants with an elevated platform for a global audience.

Alliance With US Wellness

On August 24, 2020, we announced a nationwide alliance with US Wellness, a provider of employee wellness programs with a comprehensive suite of services designed to
engage and inspire employees toward achieving their wellness goals, that could potentially result in the placement of thousands of nurses on our HRIS platform. We believe that
this alliance represents an important expansion opportunity beyond our historical focus on the QSR and hospitality industries, into a more highly compensated labor pool that
has the potential to yield increased revenues and profits per WSE. We have begun to onboard nurses through US Wellness since the end of Fiscal 2020, and we expect this
onboarding to accelerate throughout the fiscal year ending August 31, 2021.

Competition

We have two primary sources of competition. Competitors to our gig business model include businesses such as ShiftGig, Instawork, Snag, Jobletics and other comparable
businesses that seek to arrange short-term work assignments for both employees and independent contractors. Competitors to our HRIS system include businesses such as Kelly
Services, ManpowerGroup, and Barrett Business Services, which provide human resource software solutions.

We believe our service offering competes effectively based on our strategy of combining an ecosystem of employment services with the individualized ability to link trained
workers to specific shift-work opportunities.

Governmental Regulation

Our business operates in an environment that is affected by numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to labor and employment matters, benefit plans and
income and employment taxes. Moreover, because our client engagements involve some form of overlapping employer relationship with regard to the employees who provide
services in employment to our clients, the application of such laws to these non-traditional employer relationships can become complex. Nearly all states have adopted laws or
regulations regarding the licensure, registration or certifications of organizations that engage in co-employer relationships. While our model is currently not included in such
regulations, we may become subject to such laws and regulations if we are deemed to have entered into co-employer relationships with regard to employees providing services
in the jurisdictions where such laws and regulations apply.

Additionally, due to the COVID-19 crisis, government agencies have declared a state of emergency in the U.S., and some have restricted movement, required restaurant, bar
and hotel closures, advised people not to visit restaurants or bars, and otherwise restricted non-essential travel. In some jurisdictions, people have been instructed to shelter in
place to reduce the spread of COVID-19, in response to which restaurants have temporarily closed and have shifted operations at others to provide only take-out and delivery
service.

The following summarizes what we believe are the most important legal and regulatory aspects of our business:

15

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Regulations

Employer Status

We  sponsor  certain  employee  benefit  plan  offerings  as  the  “employer”  of  our  shift  workers  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986  (the  “Code”)  and  the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The multiple definitions of “employer” under both the Code and ERISA are not clear and are defined in part by complex
multi-factor tests under common law. We believe that we qualify as an “employer” of our shift workers under both the Code and ERISA, as well as various state regulations,
but this status could be subject to challenge by various regulators. For additional information on employer status and its impact on our business and results of operations, refer
to the section entitled “Risk Factors,” under the heading “If we are not recognized as an employer of WSEs under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an
insurance agent or third-party administrator, we and our clients could be adversely impacted.”.

Affordable Care Act and Health Care Reform

The ACA was signed into law in March 2010. The ACA implemented substantial health care reforms with staggered effective dates continuing through 2020, and many of its
provisions require the issuance of additional guidance from applicable federal government agencies and the states. There could be significant changes to the ACA and health
care in general, including the potential modification, amendment or repeal of the ACA. For additional information on the ACA and its impact on our business and results of
operations, refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors,” under the heading, “Failure to comply with, or changes in, laws and regulations applicable to our business, particularly
potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse effect on our marketing plan as well as our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other
adverse  consequences.” As  of  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K,  the ACA  has  not  been  formally  amended  or  repealed;  however,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  of  2017  effectively
eliminated the individual mandate provisions of the ACA, beginning in 2019.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

Maintaining the security of information regarding our employees is important to us as we sponsor employee benefit plans and may have access to personal health information of
our employees. The manner in which we manage protected health information (PHI) is subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”),
and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”). HIPAA contains substantial restrictions and health data privacy, security
and breach notification requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of PHI. Further, under the HITECH Act there are steep penalties and fines for HIPAA violations. Our
health  plans  are  covered  entities  under  HIPAA,  and  we  are  therefore  required  to  comply  with  HIPAA’s  portability,  privacy,  and  security  requirements.  For  additional
information regarding the information we collect, how we maintain the confidentiality of our clients’ and employees’ confidential information and the potential impact to our
business if we fail to protect the confidentiality of such data, refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors,” under the heading, “We collect, use, transmit and store personal and
business  information  with  the  use  of  data  service  vendors,  and  a  security  or  privacy  breach  may  damage  or  disrupt  our  businesses,  result  in  the  disclosure  of  confidential
information, damage our reputation, increase our costs or cause losses.”

State Regulations

Many  states  have  adopted  provisions  for  licensing,  registration,  certification  or  other  formal  recognition  of  co-employers.  Such  laws  vary  from  state  to  state  but  generally
provide for monitoring or ensuring the fiscal responsibility of a co-employer, and in some cases codify and clarify the co-employment relationship for unemployment, workers’
compensation and other purposes under state laws. The scope of the laws and regulations of states is such that it may encompass our activities. In addition, many state laws
require guarantees by us of the activities of our subsidiary, ReThink, and in some states we may seek licensure, registration or certification, as applicable, together with our
subsidiary, ReThink, because the financials for both organizations are consolidated. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with the requirements in the
states where we are conducting business.

We must also comply with state unemployment tax requirements where our clients are located. State unemployment taxes are based on taxable wages and tax rates assigned by
each state. The tax rates vary by state and are determined, in part, based on our prior years’ compensation and unemployment claims experience in each state. Certain rates are
also determined, in part, by each client’s own compensation and unemployment claims experience. In addition, states have the ability under law to increase unemployment tax
rates, including retroactively, to cover deficiencies in the unemployment tax funds.

In addition, we are subject to Federal and state laws and regulations regarding privacy and information security. California recently enacted legislation, the California Consumer
Privacy Act of 2018, (the “CCPA”), that went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA affords consumers expanded privacy protections, including individual rights to access,
to require deletion of personal information, to opt out of certain personal information sharing, and to receive detailed information about how personal information is used. The
CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation. There are also a number of
other pending U.S. state privacy laws that contain similar provisions to the CCPA, although in some cases prescribing stricter and potentially conflicting requirements.

17

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property

We have registered seven trademarks, consisting of three names (ShiftPixy, ZiPixy, and ShiftPixy Labs) and four logos (the Pixy image, the Pixy wings image and wings/name
logo, and the ShiftPixy Labs logo). In addition, we have patents pending for certain features of our mobile application in the United States, Australia, Brazil, European Union,
India, Japan, Korea and Hong Kong. We have other intellectual property and related rights as well, particularly in connection with our software. We believe that our intellectual
property is of considerable importance to our business.

Human Capital

As of August 31, 2020, we employed 46 people on a full-time basis in our corporate offices, and we served approximately 3,100 active, paid WSEs with an additional 38,000
inactive WSEs carried within our HRIS platform. Effective as of January 1, 2020, we assigned client contracts representing approximately 70% of our billable clients which
comprised  approximately  88%  of  our  quarterly  revenue  as  of  November  30,  2019  as  part  of  the  Vensure  Asset  Sale,  (accounting  for  approximately  2,700  billed  WSEs
transferred), and we transferred 21 of our 64 corporate employees. We retained all WSEs in our HRIS system. Our billed WSE count decreased from the February 2020 quarter
due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The billed WSE count increased to approximately 3,500 in October 2020 as the Southern California economy re-opened.

Diversity and Inclusion

We  strive  to  maintain  a  diverse  and  inclusive  workforce  in  our  corporate  offices,  and  we  encourage  our  clients  to  support  diversity  and  inclusion  in  the  workplace  as  well.
Approximately 35% of our corporate employees are women, (including our Director of Operations, who is a member of our board of directors), and approximately 43% of our
corporate employees are non-white. Further, although we do not directly control our clients’ hiring decisions, we estimate that approximately 79% of WSEs currently on our
platform are women, and over 90% are non-white. Our diversity and inclusion principles are reflected in our employee manual and training programs, including our policies
against harassment and bullying and the elimination of bias in the workplace, which we provide to all of our corporate employees and encourage our clients to follow for WSEs
as well.

Workforce Compensation and Pay Equity

We provide robust compensation and benefits programs to help meet the needs of our corporate employees, and we provide the means for our clients to provide significant
benefits to WSEs, many of which have traditionally been unavailable to gig workers and others filling lower wage positions in the QSR and food industry. We provide our
corporate  employees  with  highly  competitive  salaries,  as  well  a  401(k)  Plan,  healthcare  and  insurance  benefits,  paid  time  off,  and  family  leave.  We  also  provide  all  of  our
corporate employees with targeted equity-based grants with vesting conditions designed to facilitate the retention of personnel and the opportunity to benefit financially from the
Company’s growth and profitability. Further, through the implementation of our business model and rollout of our HRIS platform, we are providing the means for our clients to
provide significant benefits to WSEs that they would likely not otherwise enjoy, including access to healthcare and insurance benefits and 401(k) Plans.

Talent Acquisition and Retention

We continually monitor corporate employee turnover rates, as our success depends upon retaining our highly trained and dedicated operating personnel. We believe that our
philosophy  of  providing  highly  competitive  compensation,  along  with  significant  opportunities  for  career  growth  and  development  opportunities,  encourage  a  high  level  of
corporate  employee  tenure  and  low  level  of  voluntary  turnover.  Given  our  limited  operating  history  and  significant  rate  of  growth,  we  are  not  currently  able  to  produce
meaningful statistics related to employee turnover and tenure on a macro level, but based on feedback we receive both informally and through periodic formal reviews and
evaluations, we believe that the Company’s relationship with its corporate employees is excellent.

Company Culture

We  expect  all  of  our  corporate  employees  to  observe  the  highest  levels  of  business  ethics,  integrity,  mutual  respect,  tolerance,  and  inclusivity,  and  encourage  our  clients  to
demand the same from WSEs. Our Corporate Employee Manual, and those employee manuals that we prepare on behalf of our clients, set forth detailed provisions reflecting
these values, and also provide direction for registering complaints, (including through an anonymous hotline jointly administered by our General Counsel and the Chair of our
Audit  Committee),  in  the  event  of  violations  of  our  policies.  Our  executive  officers  and  supervisors  maintain  “open  door”  policies,  and  any  form  of  retaliation  is  strictly
prohibited.

Development and Training

We invest significant resources in developing and retaining the talent needed to achieve our business goals. We maintain a relatively “flat” corporate organizational structure,
whereby our employees benefit from training and mentoring by individuals filling a variety of different functions within our Company. We believe that this highly dynamic
environment provides the hands-on training necessary for our employees to achieve their career goals, build management skills, and advance within the Company.

Oversight and Governance

Our board of directors takes an active role in overseeing the management of our human capital, which includes reviewing, approving, and implementing policies and procedures
governing the administration of the workplace, such as policies related to compensation, ethics, and elimination of workplace bias and harassment. Our Director of Operations,
who  is  also  a  member  of  our  board,  and  has  been  employed  by  the  Company  since  its  inception,  is  responsible  for  the  day-to-day  administration  of  these  policies  and
procedures, receiving input and assistance from the Company’s General Counsel as necessary and appropriate. Both our Director of Operations and General Counsel regularly
report to the board on issues relate to corporate oversight and governance.

Employee Engagement and Wellness

The success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our people. Accordingly, we are committed to the health, safety and wellness of our corporate
employees, and we encourage our clients to make this a priority for WSEs. We provide our corporate employees, and facilitate our clients providing WSEs with a wide range of
benefits, including benefits directed to their health, safety and long-term financial security. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented significant changes
that we determined were in the best interest of our employees, as well as the communities in which we operate, and which comply with government regulations. This includes
allowing  our  corporate  employees  to  work  remotely  as  appropriate,  while  implementing  significant  safety  measures  designed  to  protect  the  health  of  all  those  entering  our
facilities.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described below, that could adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations, cash flows, and the trading price of our common stock. Some statements in this Form 10-K, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute
forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Summary of Material Risk Factors

§ We  have  limited  operating  history,  which  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to  evaluate  our  future  business  prospects  and  make  decisions  based  on  those  estimates  of  future

performance.

§

The COVID-19 pandemic, or another widespread public health epidemic, catastrophic or geopolitical event, might create additional liabilities, risks and exposures which
could negatively impact our current business, growth prospects and cash flows, and future profitability.

§ We maintain limited self-insurance for workers’ compensation services that we provide to our clients.

§

There is no guarantee that our current cash position, expected revenue growth and anticipated financing transactions will be sufficient to fund our operations for the
next twelve months.

§ Our success depends on adoption of our products and services by our various types of customers.

§ We assume the obligation to make wage, tax, and regulatory payments for WSEs, and, as a result, are exposed to client credit risks.

§ We operate in an immature and rapidly evolving industry and have a relatively new business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects. We
face intense competition across all markets for our services, which may lead to lower revenue or operating margins. Our targeted customer base is diverse, and we face a
challenge in meeting each group’s needs.

§

Providing specialized Gig Economy oriented staffing management products and services is an emerging yet competitive business, and many of our competitors have
greater resources that may enable them to compete more effectively.

§ We have claims and lawsuits against us that may result in adverse outcomes.

§ We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

§

If we are unable to secure or pay for the insurance coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer some of
our services and our revenues could be reduced.

§ We may be subject to penalties and interest payable on taxes as a result of data entry in our software or manual error.

§ Our ability to adjust and collect service fees for increases in unemployment tax rates may be limited.

§ We may never successfully commercialize ShiftPixy Labs.

§ We may have outages, data losses, and disruptions of our online services if we fail to maintain and adequate operations infrastructure. Because we store data in the cloud
with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon, any disruptions in our ability to access this data or any breach of security concerning this data in the cloud could have a
materially adverse effect.

§

§

Software products we use in our business may contain defects which will make it more difficult for us to establish and maintain customers.

If a contract relating to our mission critical software that we use in our business is terminated or not renewed, our business could be seriously disrupted and our revenues
significantly reduced.

§ We may not be able to protect our source code from copying in the event of an unauthorized disclosure.

§ We intend to use open source blockchain technology in our technology platform, which has been scrutinized by regulatory agencies and therefore we may be impacted

by unfavorable regulatory action.

§ We use and leverage open source technology in our technology platform which may create security risks.

§ We  depend  heavily  on  Scott  W. Absher,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  director.  The  loss  of  his  services  could  harm  our  business,  and  his  limited  experience

managing a public company, which may inhibit our ability to implement successfully our business plan.

§

If we are not recognized as an employer of WSEs under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an insurance agent or third-party administrator, we and our
clients could be adversely impacted.

§ We are in the business of providing employees to our clients, and there is a risk that we will be sued and/or held liable for claims resulting from action by or against our

employees, including Private Attorney General’s Act (“PAGA”) claims which may require additional capital to defend.

§

§

§

Failure to comply with, or changes in, laws and regulations applicable to our business, particularly potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse effect
on our business.

Failure to secure any necessary registrations or licensure could affect our ability to operate certain segments of our business in certain jurisdictions.

Laws related to the classification of Gig Economy workers are changing, and we may be subject to state and local regulations impacting how we classify our workers.

§ Our common stock is thinly traded, which can cause volatility in its price. If we are unable to continue to meet the listing requirements of Nasdaq, our common stock

will be delisted.

§ A majority of our common stock is closely held by our founders which may limit a minority shareholders from influencing corporate governance.

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
§ We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies

will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

19

 
Risks Relating to Our Business

We  have  limited  operating  history,  which  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to  evaluate  our  future  business  prospects  and  make  decisions  based  on  those  estimates  of  our  future
performance.

We are an emerging business and are in the process of developing our products and services. We have been in business since July 2015. Although our continuing business
processed gross billings of over $65 million for Fiscal 2020, it is still difficult, if not impossible, to forecast our future results based upon our limited historical operating data.
Because of the related uncertainties, we may be hindered in our ability to anticipate and timely adapt to increases or decreases in sales, revenues or expenses. If we make poor
budgetary decisions as a result of unreliable data, our gross billings in the future may decline, which may result in a decline in our stock price.

There is uncertainty regarding our ability to implement our business plan and to grow our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources without
additional financing. Except from the proceeds of our October 2020 public offering ($10.6 million net of costs), May 2020 public offering and subsequent overallotments ($10.3
million net of costs and $1.2 million net of costs, respectively), our initial public offering ($11.2 million net of costs) and private placements of senior secured convertible notes
to institutional investors raising $13 million of gross proceeds ($11.9 million net of costs), we have no binding agreements, commitments or understandings to secure additional
financing at this time. We have no binding agreements, commitments or understandings to acquire any other businesses or assets. Our long-term future growth and success are
dependent upon our ability to generate cash from operating activities. There is no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash from operations, to borrow additional
funds or to raise additional equity capital. Our inability to obtain additional cash could have a material adverse effect on our ability to fully implement our business plan as
described herein and grow our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources.

The COVID-19 pandemic might create additional liabilities, risks and exposures which could negatively impact our current business, growth prospects and cash flows, and
future profitability, while also requiring us to increase our workers’ compensation reserve to protect against additional liabilities, all of which could negatively impact our
ability to raise additional capital.

Our  business  has  been  significantly  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Our  employee  billings  per  capita  have  decreased  more  than  20%  from  pre-pandemic  reporting
periods. In particular, most of our clients are currently in the restaurant and hospitality business sector and concentrated in Southern California. The vast majority of these clients
have been negatively impacted by the lockdown measures imposed in the State of California since March, which have required them to limit hours of operation, eliminate in-
person dining, restrict food services to takeout and delivery, and, in some cases, cease operations altogether. Although lockdown measures were relaxed somewhat throughout
Southern California beginning in May 2020, the Governor reinstated many of these restrictions on July 13, 2020, in response to a surge in the number of COVID-19 cases
reported throughout the state. As long as these directives remain in place, they are likely to negatively impact our clients’ business and operations, which, in turn, will likely
have a negative impact on our business prospects and operating results. As we expand our business into new geographic areas, and seek to enlist clients outside the QSR and
hospitality industries, we may encounter similar obstacles to achieving growth and profitability resulting from the spread of COVID-19 and resulting governmental regulations
or restrictions that negatively impact these areas and industries.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Further,  our  workers’  compensation  policy  limits  our  liability  to  $500,000. Accordingly,  our  profitability  depends  on  collecting  sufficient  premium  payments  to  offset  this
potential liability to be profitable. In March 2020, the Governor of the State of California issued Executive Order N-62-20, which creates a rebuttable presumption for workers’
compensation claims that an employee’s COVID-19 related illness arose out of the course of their employment if (i) such infection occurred between March 19 and July 5,
2020, and (ii) the employee was diagnosed with COVID-19 or tested positive within 14 days after performing work for the employer at a location other than the employee’s
home. While we have not observed direct additional expenses as a result of any such claims to date, our workers’ compensation rates have increased significantly since the
beginning of the pandemic. We have also increased our workers’ compensation reserve estimates for Fiscal 2020, and we continue to closely monitor all workers’ compensation
claims made during the COVID-19 pandemic. While we believe that the steps we have taken are sufficient to protect against any increased level of workers’ compensation
claims  related  to  the  pandemic,  there  can  be  no  guarantee  that  this  will  be  the  case,  or  that  our  premium  collections  will  be  sufficient  to  offset  our  liabilities  and  achieve
profitability should such an increase in claims materialize in the future.

We maintain limited self-insurance for the workers’ compensation services that we provide to our clients. If we experience claims in excess of our collected premiums, we
might incur additional losses, higher costs, and reduced margins, resulting in a need for more liquidity.

We are responsible for and pay workers’ compensation costs for our shift workers. As noted above, we are currently self-insured for up to $500,000 per occurrence and we
purchase reinsurance for claims in excess of $500,000. Our workers’ compensation billings are designed to cover expected claims based on insurance annuity calculations. These
calculations are based on our claims experiences during our limited operating history. At times, these costs have risen substantially as a result of increased claims and claim
trends,  general  economic  conditions,  changes  in  business  mix,  increases  in  healthcare  costs,  and  government  regulations. Although  we  carry  insurance  and  believe  that  we
currently  have  reserves  sufficient  to  insulate  us  against  projected  losses,  any  unexpected  changes  in  claim  trends,  including  the  severity  and  frequency  of  claims,  actuarial
estimates, and medical cost inflation, could result in costs that increase significantly above  current  projections.  If  future  claims-related  liabilities  increase  due  to  unforeseen
circumstances,  or  if  new  laws,  rules,  or  regulations  are  implemented,  costs  could  increase  significantly.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  increase  the  fees
charged to clients in a timely manner and in a sufficient amount to cover increased costs as a result of any changes in claims-related liabilities.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been and will likely continue to be materially adversely impacted in the event of a widespread public health
epidemic, including the recent COVID-19 outbreak.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been, and will likely continue to be, materially adversely affected by any widespread public health epidemics,
such  as  the  COVID-19  outbreak  first  identified  in  Wuhan,  China  in  December  2019.  On  March  11,  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  pandemic
disease. Potential impacts of the spread of COVID-19 include disruptions or restrictions on our employees’ and WSEs’ ability to travel, and temporary closures of our clients’
facilities. For example, many of our WSEs perform services in the restaurant and hospitality industries, which have experienced significant declines in traffic since early March
2020.  Various  states  and  municipalities  throughout  the  United  States  have  since  declared  a  state  of  emergency  and  imposed  substantial  restrictions  on  movement,  required
restaurants,  bars  and  hotels  to  close,  and  advised  people  not  to  patronize  restaurants  or  bars  or  otherwise  engage  in  non-essential  travel.  In  some  areas,  residents  have  been
instructed  to  shelter  in  place  to  reduce  the  spread  of  COVID-19,  resulting  in  many  restaurants  either  closing  or  limiting  their  operations  to  take-out  and  delivery  service.
Similarly, travel and tourism across the globe have significantly decreased, causing a significant number of temporary hotel closures and furloughed employees.  Given that
most of our clients are businesses in the hospitality and restaurant industry, our results of operations are likely to continue to be negatively impacted as long as restrictions
arising from the COVID-19 pandemic continue.

Additionally,  we  have  operations  located  in  Miami,  FL  (Miami-Dade  County),  and  Irvine,  CA  (Orange  County),  regions  that  have  seen  a  recent  rise  of  confirmed  cases  of
COVID-19. We are continuing to monitor and assess the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on our commercial operations, including any potential impact on our revenue in
Fiscal  2020  and  beyond.  Nevertheless,  we  cannot  at  this  time  predict  with  any  degree  of  certainty  the  precise  impact  these  adverse  conditions  will  ultimately  have  on  our
operations due to a variety of unknown factors, including the ultimate geographic spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, and the length of
time that travel restrictions and business closures imposed by the governments of impacted countries remain in place. Further, any future significant outbreak of contagious
diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that
could affect demand for our products and likely negatively impact our operating results.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There is no guarantee that our current cash position, expected revenue growth and anticipated financing transactions will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next
twelve months.

We have incurred recurring losses, resulting in an accumulated deficit of $119.5 million as of August 31, 2020. The recurring losses and cash used in operations are indicators
of substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from issuance of the audited financial statements incorporated in this Form 10-K. Our
plans to alleviate substantial doubt are discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Historically,  our  principal  source  of  financing  has  come  through  the  sale  of  our  common  stock  and  issuance  of  convertible  notes.  In  March  2019,  we  completed  a  private
placement  of  senior  secured  notes  to  certain  institutional  investors,  raising  $3.75  million  ($3.3  million  net  of  costs).  Between  September  1,  2019  and  May  22,  2020,  all
convertible notes outstanding as of August 31, 2019 were repaid or converted into equity. On May 26, 2020, we successfully completed an underwritten public offering, raising
a total of $12 million ($10.3 million net of costs), and closed an additional $1.35 million ($1.24 million net of costs) between June 1, 2020 and July 7, 2020 pursuant to the
underwriter’s  overallotment.  In  October  2020,  we  closed  an  additional  $12  million  equity  offering  ($10.7  million  net  of  costs).  Our  plans  and  expectations  for  the  next  12
months include raising additional capital to help fund expansion of our operations, including the continued development and support of our IT and HR platform.

As of August 31, 2020, we had cash of $4.3 million, (which had grown to $10.5 million as of October 31 primarily as a result of the October 2020 public offering described
above), and a working capital deficit of $2.8 million. During Fiscal 2020, we used approximately $15.5 million of cash from continuing operations and repaid $1.2 million of
convertible  notes,  after  receiving  $9.7  million  of  cash  from  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  described  above  and  in  Note  3  to  the  accompanying  financial  statements.  We  expect  to
receive an additional $5.6 million over the next four years as part of the Vensure Asset Sale, subject to certain closing conditions.

We  believe  that  our  current  cash  position,  along  with  our  cost  controls,  projected  revenue  growth  and  anticipated  financing  from  potential  institutional  investors,  will  be
sufficient to alleviate substantial doubt and fund our operations for at least a year from the date of this Form 10-K. If these sources do not provide the capital necessary during
the  next  twelve  months,  we  may  need  to  curtail  certain  aspects  of  our  operations  or  expansion  activities,  consider  the  sale  of  additional  assets,  or  consider  other  means  of
financing. We can give no assurance that we will be successful in implementing our business plan and obtaining financing on terms that are advantageous to us, or that any such
additional financing will be available.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our success depends on adoption of our products and services by our various types of customers. If these potential customers do not accept and acquire our products and
services, then our revenue will be severely limited.

The major customer groups to whom we believe our products and services will appeal, (i.e. both employers and employees who rely upon shift work), may not embrace our
products and services. Acceptance of our products and services will depend on several factors, including cost, ease of use, familiarity of use, convenience, timeliness, strategic
partnerships, and reliability. If we fail to adequately meet our customers’ needs and expectations, our product offerings may not be competitive and our ability to commence or
continue generating revenues could be reduced. We also cannot be sure that our business model will gain wide acceptance among all targeted customer groups. If the market
fails to continue to develop, or develops more slowly than we expect, our ability to continue generating revenues could be reduced.

We assume the obligation to make wage, tax, and regulatory payments for WSEs, and, as a result, are exposed to client credit risks.

Under our typical Client Services Agreement, we assume the obligations to pay the salaries, wages and related benefits costs and payroll taxes for our WSEs. We assume such
obligations as an agent, not as a principal, of the client. Our obligations include responsibility for:

·

·

payment of the salaries and wages for work performed by WSEs, regardless of whether the client timely pays us the associated service fee; and

withholding and payment of federal and state payroll taxes with respect to wages and salaries reported by us.

If a client does not pay us, our ultimate liability for WSE payroll and benefits costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to effectively manage growth and maintain low operating costs, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception, and our plans contemplate significant expansion of our business. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively,
(including having geographically dispersed offices and employees), or to anticipate and manage our future growth accurately, our business may be adversely affected. If we are
unable  to  manage  our  expansion  and  growth  effectively,  we  may  be  unable  to  keep  our  operating  costs  low  or  effectively  meet  the  requirements  of  an  ever-growing,
geographically dispersed client base. Our business relies on data systems, billing systems and financial reporting and control systems, procedures and controls. Our success in
managing our expansion and growth in a cost-effective manner will require us to upgrade and improve these systems, procedures and controls. If we are unable to adapt our
systems  and  put  adequate  controls  in  place  in  a  timely  manner,  our  business  may  be  adversely  affected.  In  addition,  our  growth  may  place  significant  demands  on  our
management, and our overall operational and financial resources. A failure on our part to meet any of the foregoing challenges inherent in our growth strategy may have an
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our targeted customer base is diverse, and we face a challenge in adequately meeting each group’s needs.

Because we serve both employers and employees, we must work constantly to understand the needs, standards and requirements of each group and must devote significant
resources to developing products and services for their interests. If we do not accurately predict our customers’ needs and expectations, we may expend valuable resources in
developing products and services that do not achieve broad acceptance across the markets, and we may fail to grow our business.

23

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We face intense competition across all markets for our services, which may lead to lower revenue or operating margins. Competing forms of Gig Economy oriented staffing
management products and services may be more desirable to consumers or may make our products and services obsolete.

Our competitors range in size from diversified global companies with significant research and development resources to small, specialized firms whose narrower service lines
may make them more effective in deploying technical, marketing, and financial resources. Barriers to entry in many of our businesses are low and many of the areas in which we
compete  evolve  rapidly  with  changing  and  disruptive  technologies,  shifting  user  needs,  and  frequent  introductions  of  new  products  and  services.  Our  ability  to  remain
competitive depends on our success in making innovative products, devices, and services that appeal to customers.

Companies compete with us based on a growing variety of business models. The competitive pressures described above may cause decreased sales volumes, price reductions,
and/or increased operating costs, such as for research and development, marketing, and sales incentives. This may lead to lower revenue, gross margins, and operating income.

There  are  currently  several  different  competing  Gig  Economy  oriented  staffing  management  product  and  service  technologies  that  are  being  marketed  to  our  potential
customers. Further development of any of these technologies may lead to advancements in technology that will make our products and services obsolete. Consumers may prefer
alternative technologies and products and services. We cannot guarantee that users of Gig Economy oriented staffing management products and services who will be using our
products and services will continue to grow within the industry as a whole. Any developments that contribute to the obsolescence of our products and services may substantially
impact our business, reducing our ability to generate or sustain revenues.

Providing specialized Gig Economy oriented staffing management products and services is an emerging yet competitive business, and many of our competitors have greater
resources that may enable them to compete more effectively.

We compete in the same markets as many companies that offer not only staffing management products and services focused on the Gig Economy but also more traditional
staffing  management  products  and  services.  There  are  limited  barriers  to  entry.  Price  competition  in  the  industry,  particularly  from  larger,  more  traditional  industry  model
competitors, is intense, and pricing pressures from competitors and clients are increasing. New competitors entering our markets may further increase pricing pressures.

We have observed that clients sometimes competitively bid new contracts, which is a trend that we expect to continue for the foreseeable future. Some of our competitors have
greater  resources  than  we,  which  may  enable  them  to  compete  more  effectively  in  this  market.  Our  competitors  may  devote  their  resources  to  developing  and  marketing
products and services that will directly compete with our product lines, and new, more efficient competitors may enter the market. If we are unable to successfully compete with
existing companies and new entrants to the market, it will have a negative impact on our business and financial condition.

24

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We operate in an immature and rapidly evolving industry and have a relatively new business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by rapidly changing regulatory requirements, evolving industry standards and shifting user and client demands. Our business
model is also evolving and is different from models used by other companies in our industry. As a result of these factors, the success and future revenue and income potential of
our business is uncertain. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in light of these risks and uncertainties, some of which relate to our ability to:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Expand employer and employee client relationships;

Increase the number of our employer clients and grow a WSE base;

Develop relationships with third-party vendors such as insurance companies;

Expand operations and implement and improve our operational, financial and management controls;

Raise capital at attractive costs, or at all;

Attract and retain qualified management, employees and independent service providers;

Successfully introduce new processes, technologies, products and services, and upgrade our existing processes, technologies, products and services;

Protect our proprietary processes and technologies and our intellectual property rights; and

Respond to government regulations relating to the internet, personal data protection, email, software technologies, cyber security and other regulated aspects of our
business.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  address  the  challenges  posed  by  operating  in  an  immature  and  rapidly  evolving  industry  and  having  a  relatively  new  business  model,  our
business could suffer.

We have claims and lawsuits against us that may result in adverse outcomes.

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  claims  and  lawsuits.  These  claims  arise  from  a  wide  variety  of  business  practices,  significant  business  transactions,  operational  claims,  and
employment practices. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief that could adversely affect our ability to
conduct  our  business.  Such  litigation  and  other  claims  are  subject  to  inherent  uncertainties  and  management’s  view  of  these  matters  may  change  in  the  future. A  material
adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements could occur for the period in which the effect of an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we may not be able
to  accurately  report  our  financial  results  or  file  our  periodic  reports  in  a  timely  manner,  which  may  cause  adverse  effects  on  our  business,  may  cause  investors  to  lose
confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in stock price.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary in order to provide reliable financial reports in a timely manner. In connection with the audit of our consolidated
financial statements for Fiscal 2020, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our IT environment, controls
over cut-off procedures, accounting for our capitalized software and discontinued operations, segregation of duties and corporate oversight functions. A material weakness is a
deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  remediate  our  material  weaknesses  or  identify  any  future  significant  deficiencies  or  material  weaknesses,  the  accuracy  and  timing  of  our
financial reporting may be adversely affected, a material misstatement in our consolidated financial statements could occur, or we may be unable to maintain compliance with
securities  law  requirements  regarding  timely  filing  of  periodic  reports,  all  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  cause  our  stock  price  to  decline  as  a  result.  In
addition, even if we remediate our material weaknesses, we will be required to expend significant time and resources to further improve our internal controls over financial
reporting, including by further expanding our finance and accounting staff to meet the demands that are placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to adequately staff our accounting and finance function to remediate our material weaknesses or fail to maintain adequate internal control over
financial reporting, any new or recurring material weaknesses could prevent us from concluding our internal control over financial reporting is effective and impair our ability
to prevent material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, which could cause our business to suffer.

If we are unable to secure or pay for the insurance coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer some of
our services and our revenues could be reduced.

We  are  required  to  obtain  and  maintain  various  types  of  insurance  coverage  for  our  business,  in  particular  health  and  workers’  compensation  insurance  related  to  our  co-
employment  of  WSEs. Although  we  have  contracts  with  all  types  of  providers  currently  necessary  for  our  business,  if  in  the  future  we  are  unable  to  secure  the  insurance
coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer some of our services and our revenues could be reduced. In
addition, any increases in the cost of insurance coverage we are required to maintain could reduce our profitability (or increase our net losses).

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be subject to penalties and interest payable on taxes as a result of data entry into our software or manual error.

Our input of data in our tax processing software must be entered properly to process the data and payments correctly with regard to clients, co-employees and applicable tax
agencies. If we input incorrect data or input accurate data incorrectly, we could inadvertently overbill or underbill our clients or overpay or underpay applicable taxes, resulting
in the loss of net income and/or clients and/or the incurrence of tax penalties and interest. Despite our efforts to reconcile taxes on a monthly basis, we may incur additional
taxes, penalties and interest for which we may or may not bill our clients.

Our ability to adjust and collect service fees for increases in unemployment tax rates may be limited.

We record our State Unemployment Tax (“SUI”) expense based on taxable wages and tax rates assigned by each state. SUI tax rates vary by state and are determined, in part,
based on prior years’ compensation experience in each state. Prior to the receipt of final tax rate notices, we estimate our expected SUI tax rate in those states for which tax rate
notices have not yet been received for purposes of pricing. In a period of adverse economic conditions state unemployment funds may experience a significant increase in the
number of unemployment claims. Accordingly, SUI tax rates would likely increase substantially. Some states have the ability under law to increase SUI tax rates retroactively to
cover deficiencies in the unemployment fund.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  taxes  under  the  Federal  Unemployment  Tax Act  (“FUTA”)  may  be  retroactively  increased  in  certain  states  in  the  event  the  state  fails  to  timely  repay  federal
unemployment loans. Employers in such states are experiencing higher FUTA tax rates as a result of not repaying their unemployment loans from the federal government in a
timely manner. The credit reduction is an additional tax on the FUTA wage base for employers in states that continue to have outstanding federal unemployment insurance loans
beginning with the fifth year in which there is a balance due on the loan. States have the option to apply for a waiver before July 1st of the year in which the credit reduction is
applicable.

Generally, our contractual agreements allow us to incorporate such statutory tax increases into our service fees upon the effective date of the rate change. However, our ability to
fully adjust service fees in our billing systems and collect such increases over the remaining term of the clients’ contracts could be limited, resulting in a potential tax increase
not being fully recovered. As a result, such increases could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We may never successfully commercialize ShiftPixy Labs.

We have invested a substantial amount of our time and resources in developing ShiftPixy Labs and its related services and technology. Commercialization of ShiftPixy Labs
will require additional development, customer engagement, significant marketing efforts and ongoing investment before it can provide us with any additional revenue. Despite
our efforts, ShiftPixy Labs may not become commercially successful. Failure to successfully deploy and commercialize ShiftPixy Labs could adversely affect our operating
results and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Technology

We collect, use, transmit and store personal and business information with the use of data service vendors, and a security or privacy breach may damage or disrupt our
businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation, increase our costs or cause losses.

In connection with our business, we collect, use, transmit and store with data services vendors large amounts of personal and business information about our clients and shift
employees, including payroll information, healthcare information, personal and limited business financial data, social security numbers, bank account numbers, tax information
and other sensitive personal and business information. In addition, as we continue to grow the scale of our business, we will process and store with data services vendors an
increasing  volume  of  personally  identifiable  information  of  our  users.  Our  data  services  vendors  include  PrismHR, Amazon  Web  Services,  Microsoft  OneDrive,  ShareFile,
Dropbox,  Egnyte,  Smartsheet,  MasterTax,  Microsoft  Outlook,  Microsoft  Office  365,  and  RightSignature.  We  believe  these  vendors  implement  industry  standard  or  more
stringent data security measures to protect the data that we transmit through and/or store with them. Despite our efforts to protect customer data, perceptions that the collection,
use, and storage of personal information are not satisfactorily protected could inhibit sales and limit adoption of our services. In addition, the continued occurrence of high-
profile data breaches provides evidence of an external environment increasingly hostile to information security.

We are focused on ensuring that our operating environments safeguard and protect personal and business information, and we will devote significant resources to maintaining
and regularly updating our systems and processes. The cost to maintain these safeguards is significant and may increase as we grow, which may limit our ability to employ our
resources elsewhere and slow our ability to grow. Despite our efforts to maintain security controls across our business, it is possible our security controls over personal data, our
training of employees and vendors on data security, and other practices we follow may not prevent the improper disclosure of customer data that we or our vendors store and
manage. In addition, attacks on information technology systems continue to grow in frequency, complexity and sophistication, and we may be targeted by unauthorized parties
using malicious tactics, code and viruses.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We engage third party contractors who monitor our activities in a manner designed to prevent, detect and respond to data security incidents. However, because the techniques
used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time, we may be unable
to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures. In addition, hardware, software, or applications we develop or procure from third parties may contain
defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise the confidentiality, integrity or availability of data or our systems. Unauthorized parties
may also attempt to gain access to our systems or facilities, or those of third parties with whom we do business, through fraud, trickery, or other methods of deceiving our
employees,  contractors,  or  temporary  staff. As  these  threats  continue  to  evolve,  we  may  be  required  to  invest  significant  additional  resources  to  modify  and  enhance  our
information security and controls or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities. In addition, while our operating environment is designed to safeguard and protect
personal and business information, we do not have the ability to monitor the implementation of similar safeguards by our clients, vendors or their respective employees, and, in
any event, third parties may be able to circumvent those security measures.

Any  cyber-attack,  unauthorized  intrusion,  malicious  software  infiltration,  network  disruption,  denial  of  service,  corruption  of  data,  theft  of  non-public  or  other  sensitive
information, any similar act by a malevolent party, or inadvertent acts by our own employees, could result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information,
harm  our  reputation,  and  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  or  that  of  our  clients,  create  financial  liability,  result  in  regulatory  sanction,  or
generate a loss of confidence in our ability to serve clients or cause current or potential clients to choose another service provider, or subject us to liability under laws that
protect  personal  data,  resulting  in  increased  costs  or  loss  of  revenue. Although  we  believe  that  through  our  third  party  contractors  we  maintain  an  adequate  program  of
information security and controls and any threats that we might have encountered to date have not materially impacted us, the impact of a data security incident could have a
materially  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  any  further  security  measures  we  may  undertake  to  address  further
protections may cause higher operating expenses.

29

 
 
 
 
We are also subject to various federal and state laws, rules and regulations relating to the collection, use, transmission and security of personal and business information. In
addition, the possession and use of personal information and data in conducting our business subjects us to laws that may require notification to regulators, clients or employees
in the event of a privacy breach and may impose liability on us for privacy deficiencies, including but not limited to liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal
information, such as HIPAA, and regulatory penalties. These laws continue to develop, the number of jurisdictions adopting such laws continues to increase, and these laws
may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The future enactment of more restrictive laws, rules or regulations could have a materially adverse impact on us through
increased  costs  or  restrictions  on  our  businesses  and  noncompliance  could  result  in  regulatory  penalties  and  significant  legal  liability.  In  addition,  enforcement  actions  and
investigations by regulatory authorities related to data security incidents and privacy violations continue to increase.

Some of the activities in which our shift workers could become involved include health care information-related responsibilities that could invoke the need for compliance with
HIPAA as amended by the HITECH Act. The United States Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations that establish uniform standards governing the
conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by health care providers and other
covered entities. Three principal regulations with which we are required to comply have been issued in final form under HIPAA: privacy regulations, security regulations, and
standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for common health care transactions. The privacy regulations cover the use and disclosure of protected health
information by health care providers. They also set forth certain rights that an individual has with respect to his or her protected health information maintained by a health care
provider, including the right to access or amend certain records containing protected health information or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of protected health
information. The security regulations establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of protected health information that is electronically
transmitted or electronically stored. The HITECH Act, among other things, establishes certain health information security breach notification requirements. A covered entity
must notify any individual whose protected health information is breached. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations establish a uniform federal “floor” and do not supersede
state laws that are more stringent or provide individuals with greater rights with respect to the privacy or security of, and access to, their records containing protected health
information. These laws contain significant fines and other penalties for wrongful use or disclosure of protected health information. Additionally, to the extent that we submit
electronic  health  care  claims  and  payment  transactions  that  do  not  comply  with  the  electronic  data  transmission  standards  established  under  HIPAA  and  the  HITECH Act,
payments to us may be delayed or denied.

We may be vulnerable to security breaches that could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.

Despite security measures and business continuity plans, our information technology networks and infrastructure may be vulnerable to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due
to unauthorized access, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service, and other security breaches. An attack on or security breach of our network could result in
interruption or cessation of access and services, our inability to meet our access and service level commitments, and potentially compromise customer data transmitted over our
network. We cannot guarantee that our security measures will not be circumvented, resulting in network failures or interruptions that could impact our network availability and
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against such threats. If an actual
or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, and we could lose customers. Any such events
could result in legal claims or penalties, disruption in operations, misappropriation of sensitive data, damage to our reputation, and/or costly response measures, which could
adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to protect our proprietary and technology rights our operations will be adversely affected.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights and technologies, including those related to our products and services. Protecting our intellectual
property rights and combating unlicensed copying and use of our software and other intellectual property is difficult. Except as otherwise noted herein, we have not obtained
any formal patent, trademark or similar protection. Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights may adversely affect our operations. Despite our efforts to protect our
proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our services or to obtain and use trade secrets or other information that we regard as proprietary. Based
on the nature of our business, we may or may not be able to adequately protect our rights through patent, copyright and trademark laws. Our means of protecting our proprietary
rights in the  United  States  or  abroad  may  not  be  adequate,  and  competitors  may  independently  develop  similar  technologies.  In  addition,  litigation  may  be  necessary  in  the
future to:

·

·

Enforce intellectual property rights;

Protect our trade secrets;

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

Determine the validity and scope of the rights of others; or

Defend against claims of infringement or invalidity.

Any such litigation could result in substantial costs if we are held to have willfully infringed upon another party’s intellectual property, or to expend significant resources to
develop non-infringing technology and would divert the attention of management from the implementation of our business strategy. Furthermore, the outcome of any litigation
is inherently difficult to predict, and we may not prevail in any litigation in which we become involved.

Software products we use in our business may contain defects which will make it more difficult for us to establish and maintain customers.

We currently use PrismHR software for our payroll processing. We also use MasterTax to process our tax reports and filings, and a host of other software products in the course
of conducting our business. Our mobile application, along with the client portal and the ShiftPixy Command Hub, constitute our proprietary software and contain components
that are licensed from third parties that constitute public domain software. Our payroll processing software and other software products that we use in our business, including
our mobile application, could contain undetected design faults and software errors, or “bugs” that are discovered only after they have been installed and used by a significant
number of customers. Any such defect or error in new or existing software or applications could cause delays in delivering our technology or require design modifications.
These developments could adversely affect our competitive position and cause us to lose potential customers or opportunities. Since our technologies are intended to be utilized
to supply human resources related services, the effect of any such bugs or delays will likely have a detrimental impact on us. In addition, given that our specialized human
resources  software  and  services  have  yet  to  gain  widespread  acceptance  in  the  market,  any  delays  or  other  problems  caused  by  software  bugs  would  likely  have  a  more
detrimental impact on our business than if we were a more established company.

If a contract relating to our mission critical software that we use in our business is terminated or not renewed, our business could be seriously disrupted and our revenues
significantly reduced.

If a contract relating to our mission-critical software services, such as that applicable to payroll and payroll tax processing, is terminated or not renewed, and we do not have an
effective replacement software, our business and revenues will suffer. Although there are other software vendors we can use, it may take time to negotiate an agreement and
make any replacement software operational. Accordingly, if the software agreements that we use in our business are terminated or not renewed, our business could be seriously
disrupted and our revenues significantly reduced until we locate replacement software and make it operational.

Our systems may be subject to disruptions that could have a materially adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our business is and will continue to be highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of complicated transactions. We rely heavily on our payroll,
financial, accounting, and other data processing systems. We may not be successful in preventing the loss of client data, service interruptions or disruptions to our operations
from system failures. If any of these systems fail to operate properly or become disabled even for a brief period of time, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our
businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operation or financial
condition.

Because we store data in the cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon, any disruptions in our ability to access this data or any breach of security concerning this
data in the cloud could have a materially adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our business is and will continue to be highly dependent on data storage in the cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon. These cloud storage systems may fail to
operate properly or become disabled. There could also be security breaches of our data stored in the cloud. If there is loss of client data, service interruptions or disruptions to
our  operations  related  to  our  cloud  data  storage,  even  for  a  brief  period  of  time,  we  could  suffer  financial  loss,  a  disruption  of  our  business,  liability  to  clients,  regulatory
intervention, or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operation or financial condition.

We make significant investments in our software that may not meet our expectations.

Developing  new  technologies  is  complex.  It  can  require  long  development  and  testing  periods.  Significant  delays  in  new  releases  or  significant  problems  in  creating  new
products or services could adversely affect our revenue.

31

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to protect our source code from copying in the event of an unauthorized disclosure.

Source code, the detailed program commands for our operating systems and other software programs, is critical to our business. We take significant measures to protect the
secrecy of large portions of our source code. If a significant portion of our source code leaks, we could lose future trade secret protection for that source code. It may become
easier  for  third  parties  to  compete  with  our  products  by  copying  functionality,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and  operating  margins.  Unauthorized  disclosure  of
source code also could increase the security risks described in the next paragraph.

We may have outages, data losses, and disruptions of our online services if we fail to maintain an adequate operations infrastructure.

Our increasing user traffic, growth in services, and the complexity of our services demand more computing power. We spend substantial amounts to build, purchase, or lease
data centers and equipment and to upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle more data. These demands continue to increase as we grow our workforce.
Maintaining, securing, and expanding this infrastructure is expensive and complex. It requires that we maintain an internet connectivity infrastructure that is robust and reliable
within  competitive  and  regulatory  constraints  that  continue  to  evolve.  Inefficiencies  or  operational  failures,  including  temporary  or  permanent  loss  of  customer  data  or
insufficient internet connectivity, could diminish the utility or functionality of our products, and adversely impact the quality of our services and user experience, resulting in
contractual liability, claims by users and other third parties, regulatory actions, damage to our reputation, and loss of current and potential users, subscribers, and advertisers,
each of which could have a materially adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our software may experience quality or supply problems.

Our software may experience quality or reliability problems. The highly sophisticated software we have been developing may contain bugs and other defects that interfere with
their intended operation. Any defects we do not detect and fix in pre-release testing could cause reduced sales and revenue, damage to our reputation, repair or remediation
costs, delays in the release of new products or versions, or legal liability. Although our license agreements typically contain provisions that limit our exposure to liability, there
is no assurance these provisions will withstand legal challenge.

We intend to use open source blockchain technology in our technology platform. This technology has been scrutinized by regulatory agencies and therefore we may be
impacted by unfavorable regulatory action in one or more jurisdictions.

We intend to use open source blockchain technology as a secure repository for “device reputation” information acquired by our technology platform. Blockchain technologies
have been the subject of scrutiny by various regulatory bodies around the world. We could be impacted by one or more regulatory inquiries or actions, including but not limited
to restrictions on the use of blockchain technology, which could impede or limit the use of this technology within our product offerings.

We use and leverage open source technology in our technology platform which may create risks of security weaknesses.

Some parts of our technology that we currently use, and that we intend to develop in the future, incorporate (or may incorporate in the future) open-source technology, including
the  blockchain  technology  that  we  intend  to  use  in  our  technology  platform.  There  is  a  risk  that  the  development  team,  or  other  third  parties  may,  intentionally  or
unintentionally, introduce weaknesses or bugs into the core infrastructure elements of our technology solutions that interfere with the use of such technology which, in turn,
could have a material negative impact on our business and operations.

Risks Relating to Management and Personnel

We depend heavily on Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer and a director. The loss of his services could harm our business.

Our future business and results of operations depend in significant part upon the continued contributions of Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer and a director. If we
lose his services or if he fails to perform in his current position, or if we are not able to attract and retain skilled employees in addition to Mr. Absher, this could adversely affect
the development and implementation of our business plan and harm our business.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Absher has limited experience managing a public company, which may inhibit our ability to implement successfully our business plan.

Mr. Absher  has  limited  experience  managing  a  public  company,  which  is  required  to  establish  and  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over
financial reporting. We are endeavoring to comply with all of the various rules and regulations applicable to a public reporting company, including those promulgated by the
SEC. However, if we cannot operate successfully as a public company, your investment may be materially adversely affected.

If we are not recognized as an employer of WSEs under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an insurance agent or third-party administrator, we and our
clients could be adversely impacted.

While in our client engagements we typically arrange for our clients to act as sponsor of employee benefit plans, we also sponsor the benefit plans applicable to their employees.
For us to sponsor employee benefit plan offerings for WSEs, we must qualify as an employer for certain purposes under the Code and ERISA. In addition, our status as an
employer is important for purposes of ERISA’s preemption of certain state laws. The definition of employer under various laws is not uniform, and under both the Code and
ERISA, the term is defined in part by complex multi-factor tests.

Generally,  these  tests  are  designed  to  evaluate  whether  an  individual  is  an  independent  contractor  or  employee  and  they  provide  substantial  weight  to  whether  a  purported
employer has the right to direct and control the details of an individual’s work. Some factors that the IRS has considered important in the past have included the employer’s
degree of behavioral control (the extent of instructions, training and the nature of the work), the financial control and the economic aspects of the relationship, and the intent of
the parties, as evidenced by (i) the specific benefit, contract, termination and other similar arrangements between the parties, and (ii) the “on-going” versus “project-oriented”
nature of the work to be performed. However, a definitive judicial interpretation of “employer” in the context of  employer relationships such as those in which we engage has
not been established. For ERISA purposes, for example, courts have held that test factors relating to ability to control and supervise an individual are less important, while the
U.S. Department of Labor has issued guidance that certain entities in the HR outsourcing industry do not qualify as common law employers for ERISA purposes. Moreover,
when our app is fully functional, the scope of our employer status will increase, changing the legal analysis. Although we believe that we qualify as an employer of WSEs under
ERISA, and the U.S. Department of Labor has not provided guidance otherwise, we are not able to predict the outcome of any future regulatory challenge.

If we are not recognized as an employer under the Code or ERISA, we may be required to change the method by which we report and remit payroll taxes to the tax authorities
and the method by which we provide, or discontinue providing, certain employee benefits to WSEs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.

We may also need to qualify as an employer of WSEs under state regulations, which govern licensing, certification and registration requirements. Nearly all states have enacted
laws and regulations in this regard. While we believe that we qualify as an employer of WSEs under these state regulations, these requirements vary from state to state and
change  frequently  and  if  we  are  not  able  to  satisfy  existing  or  future  licensing  requirements  or  other  applicable  regulations  of  any  states,  we  may  be  prohibited  from  doing
business in that state.

Lapses in our employee screening process may harm our reputation or relationship with clients, or result in litigation, which may impact our financial condition.

Our business model is dependent on hiring employees who will provide high quality service for our clients. Lapses in our screening process may result in employees being hired
who do not meet the standard expected by our clients. This may hurt our relationship with our clients or result in them placing their business elsewhere, which would negatively
impact our ability to remain in business. Criminal behavior by our employees resulting from a lapse in our screening process may subject us to litigation from our clients or
government regulators, which may also be costly and/or damage our reputation.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are in the business of providing employees to clients, and there is a risk that we will be sued and/or held liable for claims resulting from actions by or against our
employees.

Our WSEs perform their jobs in the workplaces of our clients. Our ability to control the workplace environment of our clients is extremely limited. Further, many WSEs have
access to our clients’ information systems and confidential information. Based on our relationship with these WSEs, we incur a risk of liability arising from various workplace
events, including claims of physical injury, discrimination, harassment or failure to protect confidential personal information. Other inherent risks include possible claims of
errors and omissions; intentional misconduct; release, misuse or misappropriation of client intellectual property; employment of undocumented immigrants; criminal activity;
torts; or other claims. These claims can carry significant financial penalties and damages.

We have not experienced significant claims for damages or losses to date arising from the actions of WSEs. However, there is a risk that we will be subject to such claims in the
future and may be held liable even if our contribution to the injury is minimal or absent. We may also be required to indemnify our clients against claims brought against them
by or against WSEs. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, the costs of mounting our defense might be significant and damaging to us. We may incur
reputational  costs  and/or  be  subject  to  investigations  by  public  agencies,  which  could  result  in  associated  negative  publicity.  We  may  also  lose  clients  as  a  result  of  claims
against us.

34

 
 
 
 
 
Risks Relating to Regulations and Compliance

Failure to comply with, or changes in, laws and regulations applicable to our business, particularly potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse effect on
our marketing plan as well as our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other adverse consequences.

Our business is subject to a wide range of complex laws and regulations. For example, many states regulate entities offering the employment related services such as those
offered by us directly or through our subsidiary, ReThink, and require licenses as a prerequisite to operation of such enterprises in their respective jurisdictions. There can be no
assurance that either we or our subsidiary, ReThink, will be successful in either securing or maintaining a license or licenses in compliance with a particular state’s laws and
regulations. Further, many states require that workers’ compensation policies offered by employment related firms such as ours be managed according to strict rules and/or that
unemployment insurance filings be administered according to strict rules.

Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in the suspension or revocation of licenses or registrations, the limitation, suspension or termination of services,
and the imposition of consent orders or civil and criminal penalties, including fines, that could damage our reputation and have a materially adverse effect on our results of
operation or financial condition.

In addition, changes in laws or regulations, or changes in the interpretation of laws or regulations by a regulatory authority, may decrease our revenues and earnings and may
require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business. For example, a change in regulations either decreasing the amount of taxes to be withheld or
allowing less time to remit taxes to government authorities would adversely impact interest income from investing client funds before such funds are remitted to the applicable
taxing authorities. Changes in taxation regulations could adversely affect our effective tax rate and our net income. Changes in laws that govern the co-employment arrangement
between a professional employer organization (“PEO”) and its WSEs may require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business.

Changes to the ACA, as amended, related state laws, and the regulations adopted or to be adopted thereunder, have the potential to impact substantially the way that employers
provide health insurance to employees and the health insurance market for the small and mid-sized businesses that constitute our business’s clients and prospects. The repeal or
replacement of the ACA, the elimination of employer mandates and similar employer requirements currently imposed by the ACA, and other regulatory changes could in the
future  reduce  our  revenues. Amendments  to  money  transmitter  statutes  have  required  us  to  obtain  licenses  in  some  jurisdictions.  The  adoption  of  new  money  transmitter
statutes  in  other  jurisdictions,  changes  in  regulators’  interpretation  of  existing  state  and  federal  money  transmitter  or  money  services  business  statutes  or  regulations,  or
disagreement by a regulatory authority with our interpretation of such existing statutes or regulations, could require additional registration or licensing, limit certain business
activities until they are appropriately licensed, and expose us to financial penalties. These occurrences could also require changes to our compliance programs and to the manner
in which we conduct some aspects of our money movement business or client funds investment strategy, which could adversely impact interest income from investing client
funds before such funds are remitted.

Failure to secure any necessary registrations or licensure could affect our ability to operate certain segments of our business in certain jurisdictions.

Some states require licensure or registration of businesses offering PEO services. While some elements of our service offering overlap with PEO services, we believe that our
human capital platform is more in line with a traditional staffing model. However, if we need and are unable to secure registration or licensure of such service offerings in a
particular state, our ability to grow that segment of our business in such state would be impaired and could affect our ability to increase our revenues and meet certain customer
requirements in such states.

We may be subject to Private Attorney General’s Act (“PAGA”) claims which we may require additional capital to defend.

Our work force currently resides mostly in the State of California. Employment laws in the State of California can be complex and undefined where a co-employment or human
capital platform relationship exists, both of which are contemplated to some extent in our current business and our future plans. PAGA allows plaintiffs to bring class action-like
lawsuits against employers that can result in substantial costs to defend and can result in large fines for seemingly insignificant or inadvertent clerical errors. As we move more
into these areas, the risk will increase that such PAGA claims will be filed and litigated which may result in increased costs to us.

Laws related to the classification of Gig Economy workers are changing, and we may be subject to state and local regulations impacting how we classify our workers.

A significant portion of our business is located in the State of California which recently passed AB-5 relating to the classification of certain gig workers as employees instead of
independent  contractors.  This  legislation,  to  the  extent  it  applied  to  “app-based  drivers”,  was  repealed  by  Proposition  22,  which  restored  these  drivers  to  the  status  of
independent contractors. Nevertheless, Proposition 22 also instituted various labor and wage policies that are specific to app-based drivers and their employers that do not apply
to other independent contractors, including: (i) minimum wage requirements; (ii) working hours limitations; (iii) requiring companies to pay healthcare subsidies under certain
circumstances; and (iv) requiring companies to provide or make available occupational accident insurance and accidental death insurance to their app-based drivers. Other states
such as New York and New Jersey, two of our potential markets, are also considering legislation designed to change the status of gig workers from independent contractors to
employees, or at least provide some of the wage, hour and benefit guarantees currently provided to traditional employees to gig workers. We anticipate that classification status
will continue to be an unsettled area of law for the foreseeable future. Changes in classification can result in a change to various requirements associated with the payment of
wages,  tax  withholding,  and  the  provision  of  unemployment,  health,  and  other  traditional  employer-employee  related  benefits.  While  we  currently  classify  all  WSEs  as
employees, our business plans potentially include the use of large numbers of independent contractors.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If  we  are  unable  to  utilize  independent  contractors,  or  the  cost  to  use  independent  contractors  becomes  more  expensive,  our  future  growth  opportunities  may  be  limited  or
reduced. Costs or delays associated with revising our services to account for changes in the status of employees and independent contractors may have a significant impact on
our future growth. Changes to the law may impact the desirability or applicability of our business model, which could impact our ability to continue as a going concern.

36

 
 
 
Financial Market Risks

Our Common Stock is thinly traded, which can cause volatility in its price.

Our Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (“Nasdaq”), and is thinly traded. Thinly traded stock can be more susceptible to market volatility.
This market volatility could significantly affect the market price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. Securities markets worldwide experience
significant price and volume fluctuations. In addition, the price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the following factors, among others:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

a deviation in our results from the expectations of public market analysts and investors;

statements by research analysts about our common stock, our company or our industry;

changes in  market  valuations  of  companies  in  industries  to  which  our  company  is  compared  and  market  evaluations  of  our  industries in  which  our  company  is
deemed to be operating generally;

actions taken by our competitors;

sales or other issuances of common stock by us, our senior officers, directors or other affiliates;

trading activity by investment speculators in various securities related to the Company, including trading in call options, put options, or engaging in “short selling”,
which may or may not be related to the Company’s actual business condition or operating results; or

other general economic, political or market conditions, many of which are beyond our control.

The market price of our Common Stock will also be impacted by our quarterly operating results which can fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

A majority of our common stock is closely held by our founders which may limit a minority shareholder from influencing corporate governance.

Approximately 75.8% of our issued and outstanding common stock is held by one of our founders, Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer, without giving effect to the
potential exercise of outstanding Preferred Options and their conversion into common stock, as discussed below. Mr. Absher and our other founder, Stephen Holmes, are the
beneficial  owners  of  approximately  39.1%  and  36.9%  of  our  outstanding  voting  securities,  respectively,  assuming  Mr.  Holmes  exercises  all  of  his  outstanding  11,790,000
Preferred  Options,  and  the  preferred  stock  underlying  his  Preferred  Options  is  converted  into  an  equal  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock. As  majority  shareholders,
Messrs. Absher  and  Holmes  can  continue  to  possess  significant  influence  and  can  elect  and  continue  to  elect  a  majority  of  our  board  of  directors  and  authorize  or  prevent
proposed  significant  corporate  transactions.  Their  ownership  and  control  may  also  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  a  future  change  in  control,  impeding  a  merger,
consolidation, takeover or other business combination or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer. Individual shareholders with a minority stake may have
limited influence over shareholder matters.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, as previously disclosed, in September 2016, our founding shareholders, or Option Shareholders, were granted 24,634,550 options to acquire our preferred stock, or
Preferred Options. The number of Preferred Options granted was based upon the number of shares held by the Option Shareholders at that time.  The Preferred Options are
nontransferable  and  forfeited  upon  the  sale  of  the  related  founding  shares  of  common  stock.    Upon  the  occurrence  of  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  in  January  2020,  the  Option
Shareholders could exercise each Preferred Option to purchase one share of our preferred stock for $0.0001 per share.  Through November  30,  2020,  a  total  of  12,794,220
Preferred Options were exercised and converted into common stock. On June 4, 2020, Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer, exercised 12,500,000 Preferred Options to
purchase 12,500,000 shares of our preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,250.  Immediately following the exercise of the Preferred Options described above, Mr.
Absher elected to convert the 12,500,000 shares of preferred stock into 12,500,000 shares of common stock, which are subject to a 24-month lock-up period during which such
shares  may  not  be  traded.  Between  July  20,  2020  and  November  30,  2020,  an  additional  294,490  Preferred  Options  were  exercised  and  converted  into  294,490  shares  of
common stock, which are unregistered and subject to a six-month lock up period during which such shares may not be traded on the open market. As of the date of this Form
10-K, the outstanding Preferred Options are exercisable to purchase up to 11,858,560 shares of preferred stock which are convertible into an equal number of shares of our
common stock. As stated above, the amount of the Preferred Options, and the number of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such options, is based upon the
number of shares of common stock held by the Option Shareholders at the time the Preferred Options were issued. Accordingly, in order to confirm the original intent of the
granting of up to 50,000,000 Preferred Options to Messrs. Absher and Holmes, at some point in the future we intend to adopt a second grant of Preferred Options granting an
additional 12,500,000 Preferred Options to each of Messrs. Absher and Holmes whereby each option permits the holder to acquire one share of our preferred stock for $0.0001
per share. Each share of preferred stock will be convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis.

If we are unable to continue to meet the listing requirements of Nasdaq, our common stock will be delisted.

Our  common  stock  currently  trades  on  Nasdaq,  where  it  is  subject  to  various  listing  requirements.  During  Fiscal  2020,  prior  to  effecting  the  1  for  40  reverse  stock  split  in
December 2019 that is described elsewhere in this Form 10-K, we were notified by Nasdaq that we were not in compliance with certain of these listing requirements, and that
failure  to  correct  these  deficiencies  would  result  in  delisting.  We  were  able  to  address  Nasdaq’s  concerns,  and  have  been  assured  by  Nasdaq  that  we  are  currently  in  full
compliance with all of its listing requirements. If we are not able to meet Nasdaq’s listing standards in the future, we could be subject to suspension and delisting proceedings. A
delisting of our common stock and our inability to list on another national securities market could negatively impact us by: (i) reducing the liquidity and market price of our
common stock; (ii) reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our common stock, which could negatively impact our ability to raise equity financing; (iii)
limiting our ability to use a registration statement to offer and sell freely tradable securities, thereby preventing us from accessing the public capital markets; and (iv) impairing
our ability to provide equity incentives to our employees.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies
will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the
completion of our initial public offering, which was in June 2017, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be
a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior August 31; and (b) the date on
which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. As long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take
advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply
with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we rely on
some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our
stock price may be more volatile.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can
delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period
for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may
not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, which may result in less investor confidence.

General Risk Factors

Third parties may claim we infringe their intellectual property rights.

From time to time, others claim we infringe their intellectual property rights. The number of these claims may grow because of constant technological change in the markets in
which we compete, the extensive patent coverage of existing technologies and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents. To resolve these claims, we may enter into royalty and
licensing agreements on terms that are less favorable than currently available, stop selling or redesign affected products or services, or pay damages to satisfy indemnification
commitments to our customers. These outcomes may cause operating margins to decline. Besides money damages, equitable relief is available in some jurisdictions that, if
granted, could limit or eliminate our ability to import, market, or sell our products or services that contain infringing technologies.

Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain talented employees.

Our business is based on successfully attracting and retaining talented employees. The market for highly skilled workers and leaders in our industry is extremely competitive. If
we are less successful in our recruiting efforts, or if we cannot retain key employees, our ability to develop and deliver services successfully may be adversely affected. If we
cannot  hire  additional  qualified  personnel,  we  may  continue  to  have  internal  control  weaknesses.  Effective  succession  planning  is  also  important  to  our  long-term  success.
Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution. How employment- related
laws are interpreted and applied to our workforce practices may result in increased operating costs and less flexibility in how we meet our workforce needs.

Catastrophic events or geopolitical conditions may disrupt our business.

Monetary and fiscal policies and political and economic conditions may substantially change. When there is a slowdown in the economy, employment levels may decrease with
a corresponding impact on our businesses.

Clients may react to worsening conditions by reducing their spending on payroll and other outsourcing services or renegotiating their contracts with us.

Worsening economic conditions, including inflation, recession, or other changes in economic conditions, may cause businesses to rely less on vendors in our business, which
could adversely affect our revenue. If demand for our services declines, or business spending for such services declines, our revenue will be adversely affected.

Challenging  economic  conditions  also  may  impair  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  pay  for  products  and  services  they  have  purchased. As  a  result,  allowances  for  doubtful
accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase.

We are dependent upon various large banks to execute Automated Clearing House and wire transfers as part of our client payroll and tax services. A systemic shutdown of the
banking  industry  would  impede  our  ability  to  process  funds  on  behalf  of  our  payroll  and  tax  services  clients  and  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  results  and
liquidity.

A  disruption  or  failure  of  our  systems  or  operations  because  of  a  major  earthquake,  weather  event,  cyber-attack,  terrorist  attack,  fire,  pandemic,  (including  the  COVID-19
pandemic), or other catastrophic event could cause delays in completing sales, providing services, or performing other critical functions. A significant portion of our research
and development activities and certain other essential business operations are located in the Irvine, California area, which is a seismically active region, and the Miami, Florida
area, which is subject to extreme seasonal weather events such as hurricanes. A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or IT
systems could harm our ability to conduct normal business operations. California has also experienced destructive fires recently. As a result of these fires, power and utilities are
occasionally shut off to parts of the State. A fire or risk of fire may result in damage to our facilities, the temporary or permanent shut down of our or our clients’ facilities,
disruption to our power supply or utilities, or other disruptions that may harm our ability to conduct business.

Abrupt political change and terrorist activity may pose threats to our business and increase our operating costs. These conditions also may add uncertainty to the timing and
budget for technology investment decisions by our customers and may cause supply chain disruptions for hardware manufacturers. Geopolitical change may result in changing
regulatory requirements that could impact our operating strategies, hiring, and profitability.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition, or
results of operations.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act was signed into law in March 2020. The CARES Act modifies certain of the changes made by the Tax Cuts and Jobs
Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”). Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our U.S. operations, and the deductibility of expenses under the
Tax Act, as amended by the CARES Act, or future tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time
charges in the current or future taxable years, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense. The foregoing items, as well as any other future changes in tax laws, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the
Tax Act, as amended by the CARES Act, or any newly enacted federal tax legislation.

 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 Item 2. Properties

Principal Offices

We lease space for our principal offices at 501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL 33131. Our landlord is Courvoisier Centre, LLC. We began leasing 13,246 square feet
on October 1, 2020. The lease term is for eighty-four (84) months, with an expiration date of September 30, 2027.

ShiftPixy Labs

We lease space for ghost kitchens and production facilities associated with ShiftPixy Labs at 4101 NW 25 Street, Miami, FL 33142. Our landlord is Runway 1 LLC. We began
leasing 23,500 square feet on November 1, 2020. The lease term is for 64 months, with an expiration date of February 28, 2026.

Other Offices

We lease space primarily to house sales and client support personnel at 1 Venture, Suite 150, Irvine, CA 92618. Our landlord is Olen Commercial Realty Corporation. We

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
began leasing 8,500 square feet on April 15, 2016. In July 2017, we entered into a second lease for 2,713 square feet of expansion space in the same building. In May 2019, we
entered into a third lease for 1,261 square feet. We extended the term on the first two leases at the time we executed the third lease. The landlord, lease term, and an expiration
date of June 30, 2022 are the same for all three leases. 

We consider that these spaces and arrangements are sufficient for our current needs, although as we expand existing operations or open other offices in other cities, we will need
to secure leases in those cities as well.

 Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Convertible Note Related Litigation 

During Fiscal 2019, three of the Company’s note holders at that time filed legal complaints. During Fiscal 2020, all Convertible Note related litigation was resolved as follows:

39

  
 
 
 
 
Alpha Capital v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On  July  3,  2019,  the  Company  was  served  with  a  complaint  filed  by Alpha  Capital Anstalt  (“Alpha”)  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Southern  District  of  New  York,
alleging breach of contract for refusing to honor the conversion of a convertible note for $310,000 submitted on June 20, 2019. (As of that date, the Company had convertible
notes outstanding with Alpha for approximately $1.7 million, consisting of (i) $0.3 million of 8% Senior Secured Convertible Notes we issued on June 4, 2018 (the “June 2018
Notes”), (ii) $0.2 million of 8% Senior Secured Convertible Notes we issued pursuant to a Limited Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, dated December 20, 2018, with
certain holders of the June 2018 Notes (the “December 2018 Notes”), and (iii) $1.2 million of our Convertible Notes issued on March 12, 2019 (the “March  2019  Notes”)).
Alpha sought a mandatory injunction requiring the Company to issue 25,000 shares of common stock, damages for the claimed breaches, and attorneys’ fees. In August 2019,
the court denied Alpha’s motion for a preliminary injunction but granted its motion for accelerated discovery, which was completed in September 2019. In January 2020, Alpha
was  awarded  a  judgment  for  $500,000,  consisting  of  the  $310,000  outstanding  principal  balance  of  notes,  $190,000  of  damages,  and  was  also  awarded  accrued  interest  of
$51,000.  On  January  16,  2020 Alpha  converted  all  remaining  June  2018  Note  and  December  2018  Note  balances  into  our  common  stock,  valued  at    $12.20  per  share.  On
January 20, 2020, the Company paid the damages award, including interest, in cash and resolved the litigation, which was dismissed with prejudice.

Dominion Capital LLC v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On July 18, 2019, the Company was served with a complaint filed by Dominion Capital LLC (“Dominion”) in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York,
alleging breach of contract for refusing to honor the conversion of certain convertible notes. Dominion sought injunctive relief prohibiting the Company from engaging in any
buyback of its common stock, asserted claims for breach of contract on the June 2018 Notes, the December 2018 Notes, and the March 2019 Notes, and sought a declaratory
judgment.  In  August  2019,  the  court  denied  Dominion’s  motion  for  a  preliminary  injunction  but  granted  its  motion  for  accelerated  discovery,  which  was  completed  in
September 2019. On January 22, 2020, the Company settled all claims through the repayment of all remaining outstanding notes and cancellation of all related warrants through
the issuance of 83,593 shares of ShiftPixy common stock and payment in cash of $1,322,000. Pursuant to this settlement, the litigation was dismissed with prejudice.

MEF I, LP v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On August 27, 2019, MEF I, LP (“MEF”) filed a complaint in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York, seeking monetary relief of $2.1 million and to
appoint itself as receiver of the Company. (As of that date, the Company had convertible notes outstanding to MEF of approximately $0.7 million face value, consisting of
approximately $0.5 million and $0.2 million for the June 2018 Notes and the December 2018 Notes, respectively). On January 17, 2020, the Company and MEF consummated
a  settlement  whereby  the  Company  paid  MEF  $725,000  in  cash  and  20,000  shares  of  ShiftPixy  common  stock,  in  return  for  which  MEF  agreed  to  the  cancellation  of  the
outstanding June 2018 Warrants payable to it and dismissal of the litigation with prejudice.

Kadima Litigation

The Company is in a dispute with its former software developer, Kadima Ventures (“Kadima”), over incomplete but paid for software development work. In May 2016, the
Company entered into a contract with Kadima for the development and deployment of user features that were proposed by Kadima for an original build cost of $2.2 million to
complete. This proposal was later revised upward to approximately $7.2 million to add certain features to the original proposal. As of the date of this Form 10-K, the Company
has paid approximately $11 million to Kadima, but has never been provided access to the majority of the promised software. Kadima refused to continue development work,
denied us access to developed software, and refuses to surrender to the Company any software that it has developed unless the Company pays an additional $12.0 million above
the $11.0 million already paid. In April 2019, Kadima filed a complaint against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of Arizona, Maricopa County, alleging claims
for  breach  of  contract,  promissory  estoppel  and  unjust  enrichment,  and  seeking  damages  in  excess  of  $11.0  million.  The  Company  vigorously  disputes  and  denies  each  of
Kadima’s claims, including that it owes any sums to Kadima, and further believes that it is entitled, at a minimum, to a refund of a substantial portion of the sums that it has
already paid, along with the release of the software modules currently being withheld. On July 14, 2020 the Company filed an answer to Kadima’s complaint, which denied
Kadima’s claims and asserted counterclaims for breach of contract and fraud. Discovery is underway, and a trial date has not been set.

40

 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
Splond Litigation

On April 8, 2019, claimant, Corey Splond, filed a class action lawsuit, on behalf of himself and other similarly situated individuals, in the Eighth Judicial District Court for the
State of Nevada, Clark County, naming the Company and its client as defendants, and alleging violations of certain wage and hour laws. This lawsuit is in the initial stages, and
the Company denies any liability. Even if the plaintiff ultimately prevails, the potential damages recoverable will depend substantially upon whether the Court determines in the
future that this lawsuit may appropriately be maintained as a class action.  Further, in the event that the Court ultimately enters a judgment in favor of plaintiff, the Company
believes that it would be contractually entitled to be indemnified by its client against at least a portion of any damage award. 

Radaro Litigation

On  July  9,  2020,  we  were  served  with  a  complaint  filed  by  one  of  our  former  software  vendors,  Radaro  Inc.,  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Central  District  of
California, alleging damages arising from claims sounding in breach of contract and fraud. By Order filed October 21, 2020, the Court dismissed plaintiff’s claims for fraud and
for punitive damages, with leave to replead. The Company denies plaintiff’s claims and is defending the lawsuit vigorously. Discovery is underway, and the Court has set a trial
date of March 1, 2022.

Diamond Litigation

On September 8, 2020, a former financial advisor to the Company filed a Complaint in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York, naming the Company
and  one  of  its  officers  as  defendants.  The  Complaint  asserts  multiple  causes  of  action,  all  of  which  stem  from  plaintiff’s  claim  that  he  is  entitled  to  compensation  from  the
Company, in the form of warrants to purchase ShiftPixy common stock, based upon a prior agreement to provide financial advisory services to the Company in connection with
a prior transaction. The Company and the named officer deny the plaintiff’s allegations and have moved to dismiss plaintiff’s complaint in its entirety.

In addition, from time to time, we may become involved in various other claims and legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion
of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Nevertheless, regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of
defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Trading History

Our common stock was listed for trading on Nasdaq on June 28, 2017, under the symbol “PIXY.”

 PART II

The table below sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock on Nasdaq for the periods indicated, after giving retroactive effect to the reverse stock
split discussed below.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2019
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Number of Equity Security Holders

High

Low

  $

  $

20.00 
19.25 
9.69 
6.16 

176.80 
105.20 
68.00 
29.32 

$

$

9.56 
7.22 
3.92 
3.44 

110.8 
48.00 
18.08 
15.04 

As of November 30, 2020, the Company had 23 holders of record of our common stock. This does not include beneficial owners holding common stock in street name. As
such, the number of beneficial holders of our shares could be substantially larger than the number of shareholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion
of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the board of
directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business
prospects and other factors that the board of directors considers relevant.

There  are  no  restrictions  in  our  articles  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  that  prevent  us  from  declaring  dividends.  The  Wyoming  Statutes,  however,  prohibit  us  from  declaring
dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend:

·

·

we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or

our total assets would be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus (unless the articles of incorporation permit otherwise) the amount that would be needed, if the
corporation  were  to  be  dissolved  at  the  time  of  the  distribution,  to  satisfy  the  preferential rights  upon  dissolution  of  shareholders  whose  preferential  rights  are
superior to those receiving the distribution.

Reverse Stock Split

On December 17, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 40 reverse stock split. All common shares and common stock equivalents are presented retroactively to reflect the reverse
split.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

Stock Option / Stock Issuance Plan

In  March  2017,  we  adopted  our  2017  Stock  Option/Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “2017  Plan”).  The  2017  Plan  provides  incentives  to  eligible  employees,  officers,  directors  and
consultants  in  the  form  of  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options  and  common  stock.  We  have  reserved,  subject  to  shareholder  approval,  a  total  of  3,000,000
shares of common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan. Of these shares, 1,398,740 shares have been designated by our board of directors for issuance through August 31,
2020, including shares issuable between July 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020, contingent upon shareholder approval. Approximately 149,000 of the options have been forfeited
and returned to the option pool under the 2017 Plan as a consequence of employment terminations. Of the shares designated, 1,357,137 represent options subject to shareholder
approval  and  are  not  exercisable.  Of  the  remaining  41,603  options,  unless  the  Plan  Administrator  under  the  2017  Plan  determines  otherwise,  each  of  these  options  is
immediately exercisable and the shares subject to such option will vest pursuant to each grant notice.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 1, 2020, our board of directors unanimously approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock issuable under our 2017 Plan from 250,000 to 3,000,000,
subject to approval by a majority of our shareholders no later than the next regularly scheduled annual shareholders meeting. Between July 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020 our
board of directors approved the award, primarily to current employees, and subject to shareholder approval no later than the next regularly scheduled annual meeting, of grants
of options to purchase 1,506,096 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.31 per share, which was the closing price of our common stock as
reported by Nasdaq at the close of trading on the grant date. Of the options awarded, 1,250,000 are designated as “incentive stock options”, and 280,159 are designated as “non-
qualifying” or “non-statutory” options under the Code. These options have a 10-year life and will vest over time as follows: 25% vest after a 12-month service period following
the award, and the balance vest in equal quarterly installments over the next 12 quarters of service. Between July 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020, 148,959 of the options awarded
on, or subsequent to July 1, 2020 were cancelled.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On December 5, 2019 we issued 21,750 shares of common stock to CVI Investments, Inc., pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement dated December 5, 2019.

On January 8, 2020 we issued 27,178 shares of common stock to Alpha Capital Anstalt pursuant to conversions of the June 2018 Notes held by Alpha.

On January 9, 2020 we issued 24,049 shares of common stock to CVI Investments, Inc., pursuant to conversions of the December 2018 Notes and March 2019 Notes held by
CVI.

On January 14, 2020 we issued 12,915 shares of common stock to Osher Capital Partners LLC pursuant to the conversion of March 2019 Notes held by Osher.

On January 17, 2020 we issued 18,033 shares of common stock to Alpha Capital Anstalt pursuant to the conversion of December 2018 Notes held by Alpha.

On January 17, 2020 we issued 20,000 shares of common stock to MEF I, LP pursuant to the conversion of June 2018 Notes held by MEF.

On January 22, 2020 we issued 83,543 shares of common stock to Dominion Capital, LLC, pursuant to that certain Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, dated January
22, 2020.

 Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

As a smaller reporting company, we have elected not to provide the information required by this item.

 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

The  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes,  and  other
financial information included in this Form 10-K.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains not only statements that are historical facts, but also statements that are forward-looking. Forward-looking statements
are, by their very nature risky, and are subject to uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-
looking statements in this Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties include international, national, and local general economic and market conditions; our ability to sustain,
manage,  or  forecast  growth;  our  ability  to  successfully  make  and  integrate  acquisitions;  new  product  development  and  introduction;  existing  government  regulations  and
changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse publicity; competition; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; fluctuations and difficulty in
forecasting operating results; change in business strategy or development plans; business disruptions; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; the ability to protect
technology; the risk of foreign currency exchange rate; and other risks that might be detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. We do not undertake any obligation
to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.

Although  the  forward-looking  statements  in  this Form  10-K  reflect  the  good  faith  judgment  of  our  management,  such  statements  can  only  be  based  on  facts  and  factors
currently known by them. You are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this report as we attempt to advise interested parties of the risks
and  factors  that  may  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations  and  prospects.  For  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  the  inclusion  of  forward-looking
statements  in  this  Form  10-K,  please  refer  to  the  discussion,  above,  entitled  “CAUTIONARY  STATEMENT  REGARDING  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS
AND INFORMATION.”

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Overview

Our current business, and the primary source of our revenues to date, has been under a traditional staffing services business model. Our market focus is to use this traditional
approach,  coupled  with  developed  technology,  to  address  underserved  markets  containing  predominately  lower  wage  employees  with  high  turnover,  including  the  light
industrial, services, and food and hospitality markets. We provide human resources, employment compliance, insurance, payroll, and operational employment services solutions
for  our  business  clients  (“clients”  or  “operators”)  and  shift  work  or  “gig”  opportunities  for  WSEs  (or “shifters”). As  consideration  for  providing  these  services,  we  receive
administrative or processing fees as a percentage of a client’s gross payroll, process and file payroll taxes and payroll tax returns, provide workers’ compensation insurance, and
provide employee benefits. We have built a substantial business on a recurring revenue model since our inception in 2015. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, including
our discontinued operations related to the Vensure Asset Sale described below, we processed approximately $186 million of payroll billings. Accounting for and excluding these
discontinued operations, our total processed billings exceeded $65 million. For our continuing operations, we observed recurring and new client wage billings growth for the
first half of Fiscal 2020, followed by a significant decline beginning in March 2020. For existing clients at February 29, 2020, we experienced a May 2020 quarterly billings
decrease of approximately 27% due to the COVID-19 pandemic, or approximately $3.9 million, of which $0.6 million was attributable to clients that have not reopened to date,
and $3.3 million to clients whose operations have been largely ongoing throughout the pandemic. We benefited from a QSR client mix that has been able to adapt towards
takeout, delivery, and outside or limited inside dining, particularly in Southern California, where most of our clients are located and the weather and climate are more favorable
to “distanced dining” than other regions of the country. We recovered approximately $1.8 million in billings during the quarter ended August 31, 2020, representing more than
50% of the billings lost due primarily to the pandemic during the prior fiscal quarter. We were also successful in acquiring new customers during the second half of Fiscal 2020,
adding 26 new clients that resulted in $3.8 million of additional billings during the period. Included among these new customers is a nurse staffing company that we acquired as
a client in July 2020, which we expect to generate significantly greater billings per WSE than our food industry clients given the higher wages earned by nurses compared to
restaurant workers.

We expect to continue to experience significant customer growth based on the adoption of our technology, which we believe provides a significant value proposition to existing
and potential clients. However, we have experienced approximately $32 million of operating losses over the past two fiscal years as we have invested in both our technology
solutions as well as the back-office operations required to service a large employee base under a traditional staffing model.

For most of Fiscal 2020, our primary focus was on clients in the restaurant and hospitality industries, traditionally market segments with high employee turnover and low pay
rates. We also entered the healthcare staffing industry late in the fiscal year. We believe that these industries will be better served by our HRIS technology platform and related
mobile application which provide payroll and human resources tracking for our clients and which we believe result in lower operating costs, improved customer experience and
revenue growth acceleration. California continued to be our largest market and account for approximately 78.2% of our gross billings during Fiscal 2020. Washington, New
Mexico and Pennsylvania represented our other significant markets, reflecting approximately 11.6%, 2.5% and 2%, of our total revenues, respectively. The other locations have
not yet had a material impact on our revenue.

All of our clients enter into service agreements with us or our wholly owned subsidiary, ReThink.

Significant Developments in 2020

Offices Update

In August 2020, we signed a lease to relocate our headquarters to Miami, Florida, with occupancy beginning in October 2020. Our administrative, marketing and East Coast
sales  and  customer  support  staffs  have  already  begun  operating  from  the  Miami  facility.  We  intend  to  maintain  offices  in  California  primarily  for  use  by  our  research  and
development team and our West Coast sales and customer support. 

We also signed a lease in October 2020, for space in Miami, Florida, to house our ghost kitchens and production facilities associated with ShiftPixy Labs. We are currently in
the process of building out this space, and expect to commence operations there during the second quarter of Fiscal 2021.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Software Development  

We believe that  our  HRIS  platform  and  the  related  mobile  application  functionality  that  we  are  developing  will  be  key  differentiators  and  drivers  of  our  low-cost  customer
acquisition strategy. As such, we have invested heavily in our HRIS platform over the past four years.

The heart of ShiftPixy’s employment services solutions is a technology platform, including a mobile app, through which ShiftPixy employees (and in the future, shifters not
currently  in  our  ecosystem)  will  be  able  to  find  available  shifts  at  ShiftPixy  client  locations,  solving  a  problem  of  finding  available  shifts  for  both  the  shifters  looking  for
additional shifts when they want to work and businesses looking to fill open shifts.

A  key  element  of  our  software  development  involves  using  ShiftPixy’s  blockchain  ledger  to  process  and  record  our  critical  Peer-to-Peer  (“P2P”)  connections.  While  not
necessarily a new development, we note that we intend to use blockchain technology in an effort to keep our data secure. Any data considered to be a human capital validation
point or part of the hiring and onboarding process will be utilized and recorded in ShiftPixy’s blockchain ledger. For example, we expect the employee I-9 verification process
—one of the most stringent, rigorous, and penalty-laden compliance procedures – to be positively impacted by blockchain utilization of biometric authentication and automatic
verification of I-9 data, removing human error in the process of screening for fraudulent information. Verification of that data on the blockchain will allow both employers and
auditing agencies to confidently validate additional criteria such as employment dates, and candidates’ background (i.e. education, references, certifications, etc.), and share the
verification  status  directly  on  multiple  distributed  sources  within  the  blockchain,  further  underscoring  the  trust  and  accuracy  of  candidates’  information  and  corporate
compliance.

Future  implementation  of  blockchain  technology  within  ShiftPixy’s  technological  ecosystem  is  anticipated  to  include  the  extended  applications  for  payroll  and  real-time
payments, and utilizing smart contracts for employment contracts, which will facilitate the performance of credible, trackable, and irreversible transactions without third parties.
For purposes of clarification, we note that ShiftPixy has never, does not now and will never use its blockchain technology in any form of cryptocurrency or cryptocurrency
related application.

Our  mobile  app  is  one  of  the  software  components  of  what  we  call  the  mobile  platform,  and  together  with  the  ShiftPixy  “Command  Hub”  and  the  client  portal,  is  being
developed, tested and released in stages. We have released and are using the multilingual onboarding feature of our software, which enables us to capture all application process
related data regarding our assigned employees and to introduce employees to and integrate them into the ShiftPixy Ecosystem. This multilingual feature will allow us to move
faster into outside markets and will reduce the time and cost to bring new WSEs into our HRIS ecosystem.

Once fully implemented, our new employees will no longer be required to fill out the typical burdensome pile of new employee paperwork. By leveraging artificial intelligence
capabilities, new hires will be guided by a conversation with a “Pixy” chatbot that asks the necessary questions and generates the required employment documents in a highly
personal  and  engaging  way.  Following  completion  of  the  questions,  applicable  onboarding  paperwork  will  be  prepopulated  with  the  data  and  prepared  for  the  employee’s
signature to be affixed digitally via the app as well.

We are currently in the early implementation stage of several key pieces of functionality. First is the scheduling component of our software, which is designed to enable each
client worksite to schedule workers and to identify shift gaps that need to be filled. We leverage artificial intelligence to maintain schedules and fulfillment, using an active
methodology to engage and move people to action. Second, we are continuing to implement the “delivery features” of our mobile platform, which we began rolling out to our
clients on a test basis during the fourth calendar quarter of 2019, and which is described in more detail below. Third is the implementation our shift intermediation functionality,
which is designed to enable our shift workers to receive information regarding and to accept available shift work opportunities.

We believe that our technology and approach to human capital management provides the Company a unique window into the daily demands of QSR operators, and the ability to
extend our technology and engagement to enable this unique self-delivery proposition. ShiftPixy’s new driver management layer for operators in the ShiftPixy ecosystem will
allow clients to use their own team members to deliver a brand intended customer experience and retain customer data as well as retain profit currently absorbed by third party
delivery  platforms.  ShiftPixy  has  taken  the  compliance,  management  and  insurance  issues  related  to  the  support  of  a  delivery  option  and  created  a  turnkey  self-delivery
opportunity.  This  will  allow  our  clients  to  enjoy  the  income  growth  from  delivery  and  preserve  their  customer  experience  and  their  brand.  We  are  currently  implementing
features that we believe will enhance the capability of our mobile application to track and manage the delivery process. The enhanced features will include “micro metering” of
essential commercial insurance coverages required by our operator clients -- primarily workers’ compensation and auto coverages -- on a delivery-by-delivery basis. 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior to March 2019, we primarily used turnkey contract software development firms to build the software code, mobile application, and license integrations required to build
the functional solution, with our internal personnel maintaining principally an oversight role. Beginning in March 2019, we hired and assembled an internal development team
for cost-cutting and for better feature and implementation control. Our development team was fully in place by August 2019 and focused on delivering a version of our mobile
app and software solution using a combination of third-party licensed software and internally developed software.

We began building our internal software development team and transitioned away from our former software development vendor to expedite our technology deployment. The
tardy  delivery  of  the  user  features  from  our  previous  software  development  vendor  and  related  on-going  litigation  slowed  the  pace  of  our  growth.  We  believe  that  the
completion of our technology and the deployment of these features will further accelerate our growth. We launched version 2.0 of our mobile app and enhanced user features,
including onboarding, scheduling and driver management, during the fourth calendar quarter of 2019. We believe that the continuing release and update of these features will
further  accelerate  the  growth  of  our  business  and  move  us  closer  to  our  financial  breakeven  point.    During  the  fourth  quarter  of  Fiscal  2020,  we  evaluated  the  software
developed by our former software development vendor for impairment.  We identified approximately $3.5 million of capitalized software that we now believe to be impaired
based upon our analysis, particularly in light of the procedural posture and status of the litigation surrounding much of this software, as well as the state of the replacement user
features developed over the last two years.  Accordingly, we reduced the carrying value of the software to $0 and recorded a corresponding $3.5 million charge to earnings in the
fourth quarter of Fiscal 2020.

We continued our software development internally during the first half of Fiscal 2020 primarily through feature enhancements such as delivery, scheduling, and onboarding
functionality improvement, and better integration and more seamless process flow improvements. We believe that this has resulted in an improved user experience, reduced
internal staff time required for onboarding, and increased trials of our future revenue generation features such as delivery and scheduling. Our software development during the
second half of Fiscal 2020 continued to focus on enhanced delivery and intermediation functionality but was disrupted due to inefficiencies caused by the COVID-19 lockdown,
impacting personnel located in our Irvine, CA offices as well as our external development teams.

From inception of the project in 2017 through August 31, 2020, we spent approximately $20.7 million, consisting of outsourced research and development, IT related expenses,
development  contractors  and  employee  costs,  as  well  as  marketing  spending  consisting  of  advertising,  trade  shows,  and  personnel  costs.  The  following  table  shows  the
technology and marketing spending for each year ended August 31:

Development spending (in $ millions)
Contract development and licenses
Internal personnel costs
Total Development spending

Marketing spending
Advertising and Outside Marketing
Internal personnel costs
Subtotal, Marketing costs
Total, HRIS platform and mobile application spending

Cumulative Investment
Portion of investment capitalized as fixed assets
Portion of investment expensed

2020

2019

2018

2017

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

2.3 
1.9 
4.2 

  $

  $

0.6 
0.4 
1.0 
5.2 

20.7 
3.7 
17.0 

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

2.2    $
1.1     
3.3    $

1.2    $
0.4     
1.6    $
4.9    $

6.6    $
0.2     
6.8    $

0.5    $
0.2     
0.7    $
7.5    $

2.7 
- 
2.7 

0.3 
0.1 
0.4 
3.1 

We  capitalized  no  development  spending  into  fixed  assets  for  the  year  ended August  31,  2020,  since  the  development  activities  related  to  our  intermediation  software,  as
defined by GAAP, was reached during the Fall of 2020. For the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, we capitalized $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of contract
development spending into fixed assets.

Vensure Asset Sale

On January 3, 2020, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with Shiftable HR Acquisition, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vensure, pursuant to which we assigned
client  contracts  representing  approximately  70%  of  our  billable  clients  and  88%  of  our  quarterly  revenue  as  of  November  30,  2019,  (including  100%  of  our  existing  PEO
business effective as of December 31, 2019), and transferred $1.6 million of working capital assets, including cash balances and certain operating assets associated with the
assigned client contracts included in the agreement. (This transaction is described throughout this Form 10-K as the “Vensure Asset Sale”). Gross proceeds from the Vensure
Asset Sale were $19.2 million, of which we received $9.7 million at closing, with $9.5 million to be paid out in equal monthly installments over the next four years after certain
transaction  conditions  are  met,  primarily  consisting  of  a  minimum  level  of  gross  wages  generated  from  the  transferred  business  subject  to  adjustments  for  working  capital
transfers. During the remainder of Fiscal 2020 following the Vensure Asset Sale, we estimated $2.6 million of working capital adjustments, consisting of approximately $0.1
million  of  working  capital  adjustments  and  $2.5  million  of  constructive  payments,  which  we  recorded  collectively  as  a  decrease  in  the  note  receivable.  Further,  based  on
information available to us as of the date of this Form 10-K, our preliminary analysis has identified a potential differential from the gross wage guarantee which, if accurate,
would result in a further reduction of the gross proceeds and resulting note receivable of approximately $1.4 million. While this analysis is subject to revision based upon new
information and further analysis, we have recorded a reserve in this amount to reflect the estimated fair value of the future payment stream of the note receivable.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
The terms of the Vensure Asset Sale provided for a 90-day settlement period for the reconciliation of various contract assets and liabilities. Due to disruptions arising from
COVID-19,  the  settlement  period  has  been  informally  extended  and  we  have  applied  approximately  $2.5  million  of  constructive  payments  against  the  Note  Receivable  in
accordance with the agreement. We will not begin to receive any additional proceeds until the reconciliation process has been completed, which we expect to occur during the
first half of Fiscal 2021.

Following  the  Vensure Asset  Sale,  our  client  count,  client  site  count,  and  billed  WSE  count  decreased  by  approximately  85%  from  pre-Vensure Asset  Sale  metrics.  On  a
comparative  basis  from  May  31,  2019  to  February  29,  2020  (our  last  reporting  period  before  the  COVID-19  pandemic  materially  impacted  our  business  operations),  our
continuing and remaining client count increased from 35 to 83 customers, representing approximately 250 client locations, and our billed WSEs increased from an average of
1,600  to  3,100  at  the  end  of  February  2020.  The  quarter  ended  February  29,  2020  represented  an  annualized  growth  rate  of  over  100%  for  both  clients  and  WSEs  since
November  30,  2019,  for  the  business  retained  following  the  Vensure Asset  Sale. All  revenues  generated  by  clients  that  we  transferred  to  Vensure  have  been  classified  as
discontinued operations in the financial statements accompanying this Form 10-K.

Revised Customer Focus

Beginning in calendar 2019, we refocused our sales efforts towards clients that were better suited to take advantage of our HRIS and mobile application benefits, including the
functions we believe will result in additional revenues and gross margins, and carry a reduced cost both from our internal customer support team and from sales commissions.
We hired additional internal sales personnel to focus on those client opportunities, and we are moving away from our prior sales model, which utilized highly commissioned
sales personnel paid on a recurring percentage of customer billings. Those newly hired internal sales personnel were fully trained in September 2019 and their efforts began to
bear positive results shortly thereafter, resulting in customer wins and onboarding throughout Fiscal 2020. As described below in more detail, although we believe that our focus
on clients that will benefit most significantly from our HRIS solution reflects an improvement to our business model that will yield positive results, the migration away from
our traditional base of light industrial clients towards QSR or “food” clients resulted in declines in gross billings and revenue from Fiscal 2019 to Fiscal 2020, due in material
part to lower billings per food WSE and the overall impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We believe our new sales model is better suited to incentivize our sales and marketing personnel to acquire those customers that benefit from the HRIS value proposition and
will result in both increased revenues and profitability. We also reviewed our legacy customers after this refocus, as well as during the due diligence process for the Vensure
Asset Sale that closed in January 2020 and identified those customers with limited potential to benefit from our “up-sell” HRIS model. Those customers that did not fit our
revised profile were primarily selected to be included in the Vensure Asset Sale assignment.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our mobile app is one of the key software components of our mobile platform and, together with the ShiftPixy “Command Hub” and the client portal, is being developed, tested
and  released  in  stages.  We  have  released  and  are  currently  using  the  onboarding  feature  of  our  software,  which  enables  us  to  capture  all  application  process-related  data
regarding  our  assigned  employees,  while  introducing  and  integrating  them  into  the  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem.  Most  of  our  new  employees  are  no  longer  required  to  fill  out  the
burdensome pile of typical onboarding paperwork. By leveraging advanced algorithmic capabilities, new hires are guided through the onboarding process by a “Pixy” chatbot
that asks the necessary questions and generates the required employment documents in a highly personal and engaging way.

Under certain licensing agreements, we launched version 2.0 of our mobile app and certain enhanced user features (including onboarding and scheduling) during the fourth
calendar quarter of 2019, with all such user features as well as the driver management function provided to selected customers on a test basis. The development team used the
experience  from  these  real-world  test  cases  to  further  enhance  the  process  flows,  usability,  and  user  experience  for  the  mobile  app  and  accompanying  desktop  application
software during the second quarter of Fiscal 2020. Our technology platform in its current form has been rolled out to our clients as of the date of this Form 10-K, although we
continue to add features and address various issues in an effort to improve functionality. We did not charge for the delivery or scheduling functionality during Fiscal 2020. We
are currently evaluating and optimizing these tools to better monetize the technology platform.

Successful Resolution of Nasdaq Delisting Notice

On June 6, 2019, we received two letters from the Listing Qualifications Associate Director of Nasdaq notifying us of our failure to meet the listing rules of Nasdaq. The first
letter  noted  that  our  common  stock  had  failed  to  maintain  a  minimum  bid  price  of  $1.00  per  share  for  the  prior  30  consecutive  business  days.  The  letter  provided  us  an
additional 180 calendar days to regain compliance. The second letter noted that we had failed to maintain any of the following listing requirements: i) a minimum market value
of listed securities of $35 million for the prior 30 consecutive business days, ii) a minimum shareholders’ equity of $2.5 million, or iii) $0.5 million of income from continuing
operations. The letter provided us an additional 180 calendar days to regain compliance by satisfying any of these three criteria.

On December 4, 2019, we received a letter from Nasdaq notifying us of its intent to schedule our securities for delisting at the opening of business on December 13, 2019, as
well as its intent to file a Form 25-NSE with the SEC, subject to our right to file an appeal and present a compliance plan at a hearing in front of the Nasdaq Hearings Panel. We
requested a hearing and received a letter from Nasdaq on December 10, 2019, notifying us that a hearing had been scheduled for January 23, 2020.

On December 17, 2019, we received a letter from Nasdaq stating that the Company no longer met the minimum of 500,000 publicly held shares. Between January 1, 2020 and
March 23, 2020, we issued sufficient shares to satisfy this minimum requirement.

We provided a response to Nasdaq on January 13, 2020, advising it of our plans to regain compliance, including pro forma calculations of our minimum shareholders’ equity in
excess of $2.5 million due to the Vensure Asset Sale and our expected convertible note settlements and conversions, which occurred later in January 2020. The Nasdaq hearing
referred to above was conducted on January 23, 2020, where we presented our plans to regain compliance. In April 2020, Nasdaq notified us by telephone that our January
2020 transactions satisfied the minimum shareholders’ equity requirement and directed us to document this result by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K, which we did. The
Company received a formal notice from Nasdaq on May 7, 2020, that we were in compliance with all listing requirements, and that the matter has been closed. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Financing Activities

During the year ended August 31, 2020, and through October 31, 2020, the Company successfully recapitalized through a combination of a $13.3 million underwritten public
offering in May 2020, a $12 million public offering in October 2020, and settlement, repayment, or conversion of all convertible notes. As of August 31, 2020, we had no
convertible debt and no options or warrants outstanding that carry dilutive provisions.

October 2020 Public Offering

On  October  8,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  (the  “October  Underwriting Agreement”)  with A.G.P./Alliance  Global  Partners  (“A.G.P.”),  in
connection with a public offering (the “October 2020 Offering”) of an aggregate of (i) 4,000,000 shares of our common stock and (ii) warrants to purchase 2,300,000 shares of
common  stock  (the “October 2020 Common Warrants”), which included the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 300,000 additional October 2020
Common Warrants.

Each share of common stock was sold together with an October 2020 Common Warrant as a fixed combination, with each share of common stock sold being accompanied by
an October 2020 Common Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock and accompanying October 2020 Common Warrant was sold at a
price to the public of $3.00. The October 2020 Common Warrants were immediately exercisable, will expire on October 13, 2025, and have an exercise price of $3.30 per
share, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments for certain stock splits, stock dividends, or recapitalizations.

The  October  2020  Offering  closed  on  October  14,  2020,  yielding  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  approximately  $12.0  million,  prior  to  deducting  $1.4  million  of  costs
consisting of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, which includes a partial exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment
option to purchase additional October 2020 Common Warrants. Pursuant to the October Underwriting Agreement, the Company, upon closing of the Offering, issued to A.G.P.
warrants to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock (the “October Underwriter Warrants”), which is equal to 5.0% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock
sold in the October 2020 Offering. The October Underwriter Warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from six months after
the closing date and ending five years from the closing date, at a price per share equal to $3.30, which is 110% of the public offering price per share.

May 2020 Public Offering

On May 20, 2020, we entered into an underwriting agreement with A.G.P. (the “May Underwriting Agreement”) in connection with the May 2020 Offering of an aggregate of
(i) 1,898,850 shares of our common stock, (ii) Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase 323,310 shares of common stock (the “Pre-Funded Warrants”), and (iii) warrants to purchase
1,277,580 shares of common stock (the “May 2020 Common Warrants”), which included the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 166,500 additional
May 2020 Common Warrants.

Each share of common stock and Pre-Funded Warrant sold in the May 2020 Offering was sold together with a May 2020 Common Warrant as a fixed combination, with each
share of common stock and Pre-Funded Warrant sold being accompanied by a May 2020 Common Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock. Each share of common
stock and accompanying May 2020 Common Warrant was sold at a price to the public of $5.40, and each Pre-Funded Warrant and accompanying May 2020 Common Warrant
was sold at a price to the public of $5.399. The May 2020 Common Warrants were immediately exercisable and will expire on May 26, 2025 and have an exercise price of
$5.40 per share, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments for certain stock splits, stock dividends, or recapitalizations.

We closed the May 2020 Offering on May 26, 2020, which yielded gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $1.7 million of costs
consisting  of  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and  offering  expenses  payable  by  us,  which  includes  a  partial  exercise  of  the  underwriter’s  over-allotment  option  to
purchase additional May 2020 Common Warrants. All Pre-Funded Warrants issued or issuable were exercised on the closing date of May 26, 2020.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On June 11, 2020 we closed an over-allotment option from the May 2020 Offering for additional gross proceeds of approximately $0.9 million, prior to deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, representing the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 250,340 shares of common
stock at $5.40 per share.

On July 7, 2020, we closed an over-allotment option from the May 2020 Offering for additional gross proceeds of approximately $0.45 million, prior to deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, representing the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 83,840 shares of common stock
at $5.40 per share.

Convertible Note Settlements, Amendments, and Related Litigation Settlements and Resolution

During Fiscal 2020, the Company settled, converted, or repaid all of the $6.8 million of convertible note principal outstanding as of August 31, 2019, and resolved all related
litigation, as follows:

March 2019 Note Exchange

On December 5, 2019, we entered into an exchange agreement with the holder of a majority of our March 2019 Notes. The exchange agreement and the related revised March
2019  note  agreement  revised  the  conversion  price  to  $40.00  per  share,  extended  the  term  of  the  March  2019  Notes  to  March  1,  2022,  provided  for  a  revised  quarterly
amortization schedule beginning April 1, 2020, and removed certain anti-dilution terms of the related warrants issued in March 2019 (the “March 2019 Warrants”). The holder
also exchanged $222,000 of December 2018 Notes by extending the term to coincide with the revised term of the March 2019 Notes and the revised amortization schedule. We
agreed to issue an additional $200,000 of consideration to the holder, payable in common stock, as consideration for this exchange.

January 2020 Convertible Note Litigation Settlements

In January 2020, we settled or resolved all of our convertible note litigation as follows:

·

·

·

In January 2020, one of the noteholders, Alpha, secured a judgment against the Company of $500,000 plus accrued interest of $51,000,  representing the March 2019
Note principal of $310,000 plus $190,000 of damages. We satisfied the judgment and resolved the litigation by satisfying Alpha’s remaining balance of  the June 2018
Notes and December 2018 Notes through the issuance of 45,211 shares of common stock and making a cash payment of $190,000.

On  January  17,  2020,  the Company  settled  all  claims  with  MEF  and  repaid  all  note  principal  remaining,  accrued  damages, and  accrued  interest  by  satisfying  the
remaining balance of the June 2018 Notes through the issuance of 20,000 shares of our common stock and a cash payment of $725,000.

On January 22, 2020, we settled all claims with Dominion and repaid all note principal remaining, accrued damages, and accrued interest by satisfying the remaining
balance of the $472,000 note principal and $849,000 of outstanding interest and default penalties through the issuance of  83,593 shares of ShiftPixy common stock and
payment in cash of $1,322,000.  

March 2020 Warrant and Note Exchanges and Conversions

Between March 1, 2020 and March 22, 2020, three investors converted $1,047,000 of our Senior Convertible Notes and $25,000 of accrued default interest into 135,507 shares
of  common  stock  at  a  conversion  price  of  $9.20  per  share.  These  conversions  resulted  in  an  acceleration  of  $0.4  million  for  the  unamortized  note  discount  and  deferred
financing fees, recorded as a loss on debt conversion.

Between March 23, 2020 and March 24, 2020, we amended or exchanged all remaining convertible notes payable and eliminated all remaining warrants with dilutive protection
as follows:

·

On March 23, 2020, we entered into the Amendment and Exchange Agreements with certain institutional  investors, (the “Amended and Restated Notes”), pursuant
to which we amended and restated certain existing March 2019 Notes, including the capitalization of $59,000 of accrued default interest, and issued (i) convertible
notes  in  an  aggregate  principal amount  of  $167,000  convertible  into  shares  of  common  stock  at  a  conversion  price  of  $9.20 per  share  of  common  stock  (the
“Exchange  Notes”);  (ii)  warrants  to  purchase an  aggregate  of  162,950  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $10.17  per  share of  common  stock  (the
“Exchange Warrants”); and (iii) an aggregate of 82,654 shares of common stock.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

·

On March 23, 2020, we entered into an Amendment and Exchange Agreement with Alpha pursuant to which we (a) issued to Alpha  an Amended and Restated Note in
an aggregate principal amount of $723,000, including capitalization of $51,000 of accrued default interest, and (b) in exchange for outstanding warrants to purchase
shares  of  common  stock  held  by Alpha,  issued  to Alpha  (i)  66,123  shares  of  common  stock,  (ii)  March  2020  Exchange  Warrants  to  purchase  130,360  shares  of
common stock, and (iii) a March 2020 Exchange Note in an aggregate principal amount of $145,000.

On March 23, 2020, we entered into an Amendment and Exchange Agreement with Osher Capital Partners LLC (“Osher”)  pursuant to which we (a) issued to Osher an
Amended and Restated Note in an aggregate principal amount of $108,000, including the capitalization of $8,000 of accrued default interest and (b) in exchange for
outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Osher, issued to Osher (i) 16,531 shares of common stock, (ii) an exchange warrant to purchase
32,590 shares of common stock (the “March 2020 Osher Exchange Warrant”), and (iii) an exchange note in an aggregate principal amount of $22,000 (the “March
2020 Osher Exchange Note”).

On March 24, 2020, we entered into an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”  and, together with the Amendment and Exchange Agreements, the “March
2020 Agreements”) with CVI Investments, Inc. (“CVI”), pursuant to which CVI exchanged its outstanding senior convertible note due 2022 for (i) a warrant to purchase
260,719  shares  of  common stock  (the  “CVI  Exchange  Warrant”  and,  together  with  the  Exchange  Warrants  the  “March  2020  Exchange  Warrants”)  and  (b)  a  senior
convertible note in an aggregate principal amount of $1,829,000 convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $9.20 per share (the “CVI Exchange
Note”, and together with the Exchange Notes, the “March 2020 Exchange Notes”).

We evaluated the March 2020 Agreements as an exchange under ASC 470 and determined that the exchanges should be treated as debt extinguishments and reissuances. We
accelerated the remaining unamortized discount and deferred financing fees as of the date of the exchange and recorded the fair value of the shares issued in exchange for the
warrants cancelled as a loss on exchange of $1,592,000. We valued the revised conversion features of the Amended and Restated Notes, the March 2020 Exchange Notes and
the March 2020 Exchange Warrants using the binomial method and recorded a discount of $2,825,000 on the exchange dates.

April and May 2020 Conversions

On April 15, 2020, CVI converted its remaining $1,829,000 notes outstanding into 198,756 shares of common stock.

On May 22, 2020, Alpha and Osher converted their remaining $997,000 notes outstanding into 108,321 shares of common stock.

The April and May 2020 conversions represented the remaining principal outstanding and accelerated the unamortized note discount, resulting in a loss on conversion of $2.4
million, which we recorded in the third quarter of Fiscal 2020.

Performance Highlights

All figures below represent the continuing operations of the Company after segregating the operations of the assets sold to Vensure pursuant to the Vensure Asset Sale.

Year ended August 31, 2020 vs. 2019

·

·

Served approximately 80 clients and co-employed an average of 3,100 WSEs, a 40.9% increase in WSEs compared to the same period in Fiscal 2019, and ended the
year with over 3,200 billable WSEs generating an average gross profit per WSE of approximately $300 per year.

Processed over $65 million in gross billings from continuing operations, representing a decrease of 10.7% from Fiscal 2019.  Our Fiscal 2020 continuing operations
include primarily food and restaurant workers for QSRs, while Fiscal 2019 included multiple customers in the light industrial vertical markets that typically have a
higher average annual wage base.  Beginning in calendar 2019, we refocused our customer acquisition and retention efforts toward building our QSR client base,
whom  we  believe  to  be  better  situated to take advantage of our HRIS platform than our traditional light industrial clients, which negatively impacted our Fiscal
2020 billings.  For further information, please refer to our discussion contained in the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”, below.

Our financial performance for the year ended August 31, 2020, compared to the year ended August 31, 2019, included the following:

Revenues decreased 17.3% to $8.6 million, mainly resulting from the net effect of servicing an increased number of WSEs in the QSR industry, which was offset by lower
billings from higher wage base light industrial customers that were either terminated or transferred as of January 1, 2020, and therefore were either reclassified to discontinued
operations,  or  continued  to  be  classified  within  continuing  operations,  but  were  terminated  prior  to  Fiscal  2020  and  did  not  recur.  Food  related  revenues  increased  by
approximately $3.1 million and light industrial related revenues decreased by $5.0 million.

Gross Profit decreased 50% to $1.0 million, due primarily to decreased revenues, a reduction in tax-related gross profit, and increased workers’ compensation costs associated
with COVID-19.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses  increased  by  29.0%  to  $22.5  million  in  the  year  ended August  31,  2020,  from  $17.5  million  in  the  year  ended August  31,  2019.  Payroll  related  costs
increased due to the increase in the average corporate employees and an increase in average headcount costs due to the hiring of our in-house software development team which
was in place in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019. Stock-based compensation increased due to the acceleration of the vesting of the options granted to employees transferred to
Vensure as part of the Vensure Asset Sale. Professional fees decreased due to reduced litigation and legal settlements concluded for the convertible note litigation. Software
development increased, even though we increased our in-house software development capabilities, as we continued to rely on significant outsourcing to augment and accelerate
our software development efforts. The Company also recorded an impairment charge of approximately $3.5 million during Fiscal 2020 primarily as a result of its evaluation of
the  progress  and  procedural  status  of  ongoing  litigation  with  its  former  vendor.  Depreciation  increased  as  we  incurred  a  one-time  $0.5  million  charge  for  paid  license  fees.
General and Administrative Expenses (“G&A”) decreased due to reduced marketing spending included in G&A and non-recurring penalties for payroll taxes related to penalties
from the March 2019 tax quarter.

Operating loss increased by $6.0 million or 38.7% due to a decrease in gross margins by $1.0 million and an increase of $5.0 million of operating expenses.

Other expense increased to $68.9 million resulting from the expense related to Preferred Options issued to our founders with value assigned of $62.1 million in March 2020,
along  with  the  combined  interest  expense,  loss  from  debt  conversion,  inducement  loss,  and  loss  on  debt  extinguishment,  offset  by  gains  from  the  change  in  fair  value  of
derivatives and the gain on convertible note penalties accrual, all of which is related to the settlement of our convertible notes related to our June 2018 financing and March
2019 financing, and all of which was resolved by March 2020.

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations represents the operations of the business sold to Vensure pursuant to the Vensure Asset Sale. Income (Loss) from discontinued
operations increased to a $0.6 million loss in Fiscal 2020, representing four months of operations and additional workers’ compensation accruals at close compared to income of
$6 million in Fiscal 2019, which consists of a full year of approximately 90% of the gross profit of the business sold for the Fiscal 2019 period.

Gain on sale of assets represents the gain on the Vensure Asset Sale that closed in January 2020, after the close of Fiscal 2019.

Net Loss increased to $75.3 million or $4.13 per share, from $18.1 million or $22.11 per share.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In  addition  to  financial  measures  presented  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”),  we  monitor  other  non-GAAP  measures  that  we  use  to
manage our business, make planning decisions and allocate resources. These key financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long
term  and  provide  useful  information  that  we  use  to  maintain  and  grow  our  business.  The  presentation  of  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  is  used  to  enhance  our
understanding of certain aspects of our financial performance. It is not meant to be considered in isolation, superior to, or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial
measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our policy is to report revenues as gross billings, net of related direct labor costs, for our EAS clients, and revenues without reduction for labor costs for staffing services clients.
For the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, we had no revenues associated with staffing services or generated through our technology services. Gross billings represent
billings to our business clients and include WSE gross wages, employer payroll taxes, and workers’ compensation premiums as well as admin fees for our value-added services
and other charges for workforce management support. Gross billings are a non-GAAP measurement and represent a key operating metric for management along with number of
WSEs and number of clients. Gross billings and the number of active WSEs represent the primary drivers of our business operations. Active WSEs are defined as employees in
our HRIS ecosystem that have provided services for at least one of our client customers for any reported period. Our primary profitability metrics are gross profit, gross profit
per WSE, and gross profit percentage of gross billings.

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measure: Gross Billings to Net Revenues

The following table presents a reconciliation of our Gross Billings to Revenues:

Gross Billings in millions
Less: Adjustment to Gross Billings
Revenues, in millions

52

For the year Ended
August 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

65.5    $
56.9     
8.6    $

73.4 
62.9 
10.5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
The following table provides the key revenue and gross profit related operating metrics used by management. We have elected to show Fiscal 2018 operating information for
comparative purposes only.

Gross Billings (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase (Decrease), year over year

Net Revenues (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase (Decrease), year over year
Net Revenues % of Gross Billings

Cost of Revenues (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year

Gross Profit (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year
Gross Profit % of Revenues

Active WSEs (as of August 31, unaudited)
Increase, year over year
Percentage Increase, year over year

Average WSEs by year (unaudited)
Average Gross Billings per Average WSE
Average Net Revenue per Average WSE
Average Gross Profit per Average WSE

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

65.5 
(7.8)

(10.7)%   

  $

8.6 
(1.8)

(17.3)%   
13.2%    

  $

7.7 
0.9 
(10.0)%   

  $

1.0 
(1.0)

(50.0)%   
11.1%    

3,200 
400 
14.3%    

3,100 
21,100 
2,800 
300 

  $

  $

  $

73.4 
1.4 
1.9%    

  $

10.5 
0.2 
2.2%    
14.2%    

  $

8.5 
0.2 
(1.9)%   

  $

1.9 
0.4 

25.4%    
18.3%    

2,800 
- 
0.0%    

2,200 
33,300 
4,800 
900 

  $

  $

72.0 
27.7 
62.7%

10.2 
3.1 
44.4%
14.2%

8.7 
2.9 
50.3%

1.5 
0.2 
18.1%
14.9%

2,800 
1,000 
55.6%

2,300 
31,300 
4,400 
700 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Our billed WSE count fluctuated during Fiscal 2020 largely due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on client billings. At the close of the quarter ended February 29,
2020, (the final quarter before the pandemic had a material impact on our business and operations), our billed WSE count was approximately 3,500. This figure decreased in line
with our billings decrease, as described above, to approximately 2,500 WSEs, before recovering to 3,200 WSEs at the end of Fiscal 2020, and has continued to improve to
approximately 3,500 WSEs as of October 31, 2020. The average net revenue per WSE during Fiscal 2020 decreased due both to the impact of the pandemic, and our strategic
decision to migrate away from our light industrial clients toward the QSR food industries, which comprised approximately 95% of our client base in Fiscal 2020.

In our financial reports for the three and six months ended February 29, 2020, and for the nine months ended May 31, 2020, we classified as discontinued operations all billed
wages, revenues, and cost of revenues associated with those clients who terminated services with us prior to January 1, 2020, and therefore did not generate recurring revenue
after January 1, 2020, (including those clients transferred to Vensure as part of the Vensure Asset Sale). In the financial reports included in this Form 10-K, we have classified
only those clients transferred to Vensure as part of the Vensure Asset Sale as discontinued operations, and have reclassified the remaining non-transferred, terminated clients to
continuing operations. Our gross billings and revenues are both derived from gross payroll wages paid to WSEs. Gross wages is a key underlying metric that management uses
to analyze business activities, as it is an important component of gross billings, net revenues, and gross margins. The following table and analysis that follows illustrates the
impact of the reclassification described above on gross wages:

Client Wages (billed in $ millions)

Fiscal Year 2020
Billed Client Wages – All Operations
Less Discontinued Operations Billings (1)
Billed Client Wages for Continuing Operations (2)
Less Terminated Client Wages (3)
Adjusted Billed Client Wages, Continuing Operations (4)

Fiscal Year 2019
Billed Client Wages – All Operations
Less Discontinued Operations Billings (1)
Billed Client Wages for Continuing Operations (2)
Less Terminated Client Wages (3)
Adjusted Billed Client Wages, Continuing Operations (4)

  Quarter ended     Quarter ended     Quarter ended     Quarter ended  

November
(unaudited)

February
(unaudited)

May
(unaudited)

August
(unaudited)

  $

  $

  $

  $

88.2    $
(74.2)    
14.0     
(1.4)    
12.6    $

60.3    $
(43.8)    
16.5     
(11.4)    
5.1    $

42.7    $
(27.7)    
15.0     
(0.7)    
14.3    $

67.6    $
(51.2)    
16.4     
(9.3)    
7.1    $

12.1    $
-     
12.1     
-     
12.1    $

77.4    $
(62.8)    
14.6     
(4.3)    
10.3    $

16.0 
- 
16.0 
- 
16.0 

87.1 
(72.8)
14.3 
(2.8)
11.5 

(1) Discontinued Operations Billings represents billings associated with the clients transferred to Vensure as part of the Vensure Asset Sale.
(2) Billed  Client  Wages  for  Continuing  Operations  represents the  billed  client  wages  associated  with  the  Fiscal  2019  and  Fiscal  2020  revenues  reported in  the  financial
statements included in this Form 10-K. Billed Client Wages represents  substantially all of the “Adjustment to Gross Billings” in the billings reconciliation table above
that reconciles gross billings to net revenues.

(3) Terminated Client Wages represents the billed wages associated  with clients that terminated services with the Company on or prior to January 1, 2020, but  were  not
transferred to Vensure as part of the Vensure Asset Sale. This group primarily  consists of clients we identified during calendar 2018 and 2019 as generating low profit
margins, having relatively high workers’ compensation exposure, and/or not being well-suited to take advantage of our HRIS platform. Billings from these terminated
clients were formerly classified under discontinued operations billings.

(4) Our Adjusted  Billed  Client  Wages  from  Continuing  Operations  represents client billings for customers who were either active clients as of January 1,  2020,  or  were
added as clients after January 1, 2020. We believe that this metric provides a useful indication of the volume, progression, and growth in billings generated by our target
client base during Fiscal 2019 and 2020, as well as the impact of the pandemic on our business. Our $2.2 million decrease in billings between February 29, 2020, and
May 31, 2020, resulted from (i) a $3.9 million, or 27.3% decrease in billings to existing customers during the May quarter, (including $0.6 million, or 4.2% of quarterly
billings, from customers who discontinued operations due to the pandemic), offset by (ii) an increase of $1.7 million, or 11.9% of billings during the May quarter related
to new customer signings. Our $3.9 million increase in billings between May 31, 2020, and August 31, 2020, resulted primarily from $1.8 million in increased billings
from existing customers, combined with $2.1 million generated by new customer signings during the August quarter.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
Results of Operations

Year Ended August 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2019

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations:

Revenues (gross billings of $65.5 million and $73.4 million less worksite employee payroll cost of $56.9 million and $62.9 million,
respectively)
Cost of revenue
Gross profit

  $

8,642,000    $
7,685,000     
957,000     

10,451,000 
8,538,000 
1,913,000 

 For the year ended
  August 31, 2020     August 31, 2019  

Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages, and payroll taxes
Stock-based compensation – general and administrative
Commissions
Professional fees
Software development
Depreciation and amortization
Asset impairment expense
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

Operating Loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense
Change in fair value of note receivable
Expense related to Preferred Options
Expense related to modification of warrants
Loss from debt conversion
Inducement loss
Loss on debt extinguishment
Change in fair value derivative and warrant liability
Loss on convertible note settlement
Gain on convertible note penalties accrual

Total other (expense) income

Loss from continuing operations

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations

Income (Loss) from discontinued operations
Gain from asset sale

Total Income (Loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net loss

Net Loss per share, Basic and diluted
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Operating income (loss)
Gain on sale of assets

Total discontinued operations

Net Loss per share of common stock – Basic and diluted

7,227,000     
1,526,000     
181,000     
3,366,000     
2,240,000     
272,000     
3,543,000     
4,180,000     
22,535,000     

6,283,000 
632,000 
201,000 
3,918,000 
1,209,000 
194,000 
- 
5,032,000 
17,469,000 

(21,578,000)    

(15,556,000)

(2,525,000)    
(1,074,000)     
(62,091,000)    
(21,000)    
(3,500,000)    
(624,000)    
(1,592,000)    
1,777,000     
-     
760,000     
(68,890,000)    

(8,507,000)
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,927,000)
- 
2,569,000 
811,000 
- 
(9,054,000)

(90,468,000)    

(24,610,000)

(561,000)    
15,682,000     
15,121,000     

6,528,000 
- 
6,528,000 

  $

(75,347,000)   $

(18,082,000)

  $

  $

(4.96)   $

(0.03)    
0.86     
0.83     
(4.13)   $

(30.09)

7.98 
- 
7.98 
(22.11)

Weighted average common stock outstanding – Basic and diluted

18,222,661     

817,720 

We report our revenues as gross billings, net of related direct labor costs for our EAS clients and revenues without reduction of labor costs for staffing services clients. For the
years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, we recorded no revenues associated with staffing services.

Net Revenues (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase (Decrease), year over year

Cost of Revenues (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)

Increase (Decrease), year over year

Gross Profit (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year
Gross Profit Percentage of Revenues

55

2020

2019

  $

  $

  $

  $

8.6 
(1.9)
(17.3)%   

7.7 

  $

(0.8)
(10.0)%   

  $

1.0 
(0.9)
(50.0)%   
11.1%    

10.5 
0.2 
2.2%

8.5 

0.2 
(1.9)%

1.9 
0.4 
25.4%
18.3%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
Our  net  revenue  excludes  the  payroll  cost  component  of  gross  billings.  With  respect  to  employer  payroll  taxes,  employee  benefit  programs,  and  workers’  compensation
insurance, we believe that we are the primary obligor, and we have latitude in establishing price, selecting suppliers, and determining the service specifications. As such, the
billings for those components are included as revenue. Revenues are recognized ratably over the payroll period as WSEs perform their services at the client worksite.

Net Revenue. Our net revenue decrease of $1.9 million, or 17.3%, from $10.5 million in Fiscal 2019 to $8.6 million in Fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by the net effect of an
increase in restaurant WSEs, representing $3.1 million of QSR related revenue growth, offset by a decrease of $5.0 million in revenues from Fiscal 2019 associated with light
industrial  WSEs  employed  by  clients  that  were  either  sold  to  Vensure,  (and  therefore  included  in  discontinued  operations),  or  terminated  during  Fiscal  2019. Active  WSEs
increased by 1,700, or 113.3%, from 1,500 at the end of Fiscal 2019 to 3,200 at the end of Fiscal 2020.

Revenue associated with admin fees remained consistent at $1.3 million for both Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020. Revenues associated with taxes decreased by 12.8% consistent
with the billed wages decrease of 10.7%. Revenue associated with workers’ compensation decreased by 34.7% due to the change in the client mix to lower billed workers’
compensation rates per wage dollar.

Cost of Revenues. Our cost of revenue includes the costs of employer side taxes and workers’ compensation insurance coverage. Cost of revenues decreased $0.8 million, or
10.0%, to $7.7 million in Fiscal 2020 from $8.5 million in Fiscal 2019. The change in cost of revenues was due to the billed wages decrease of 10.7% and increased workers’
compensation costs due to increased rates related to COVID-19.

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased $0.9 million, or 50.0%, to $1.0 million in Fiscal 2020 from $1.9 million in Fiscal 2019. The decrease is due to the combination of the
decrease in net revenues combined with an increase in workers’ compensation expense estimates.

56

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The following table presents certain information related to our operating expenses: 

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Share-based compensation
Commissions
Professional fees
Software development
Depreciation and amortization
Asset impairment expense
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

2020
(in thousands)

Year ended August 31,
2019
(in thousands)

% Change

  $

  $

7,227    $
1,526     
181     
3,366     
2,240     
272     
3,543     
4,180     
22,535    $

6,283     
632     
201     
3,918     
1,209     
194     
-     
5,032     
17,469     

15.0%
141.4%
(10.0)%
(14.1)%
85.3%
40.3%
100.0%
(16.9)%
29.0%

Operating expenses increased $5.1 million, or 29.0%, to $22.5 million in Fiscal 2020 from $17.5 million in Fiscal 2019. The components of operating expenses changed as
follows:

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes consisting of gross salaries, benefits, and payroll taxes associated with our executive management team and corporate employees for the year
ended August  31,  2020,  increased  by  $0.9  million  to  $7.2  million  from  $6.3  million  for  the  year  ended August  31,  2019.  The  increase  is  due  to  the  increase  in  corporate
employees including the addition of our technical team hired to replace outside software developers at a higher average salary than previously hired corporate employees. Our
corporate employee monthly average increased from 28 employees in Fiscal 2019 to an average of 45 employees in Fiscal 2020.

Share-Based compensation increased by $0.9 million, or 141.4%, to $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. This increase was primarily due to the acceleration
of the vesting of stock options in January 2020 for employees transferred to Vensure relating to the Vensure Asset Sale.

Commissions consist of commissions payments made to third party brokers and inside sales personnel. Commissions decreased due to the change in our customer mix and sales
efforts. In prior years and for the operations classified as discontinued, commissions were paid to outside brokers on a continuing basis as a percentage of billings whereas sales
from continuing operations typically have commissions paid at a lower rate for internal sales personnel.

Professional fees consist of legal fees, accounting and public company costs, board fees, and consulting fees. Professional fees for the year ended August 31, 2020, decreased by
$0.5 million, or 12.8%, to $3.4 million, from $3.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2019. The decrease is due to reduced legal fees incurred in Fiscal 2020 compared to
Fiscal 2019 for litigation related to our convertible debt settled in the third quarter of Fiscal 2020.

Software Development expenses consist of outsourced research and development to third parties. Software development costs increased $1.0 million, or 85.3%, to $2.2 million
for the year ended August 31, 2020, from $1.2 million in the prior year. The increased expense is due to additional contracted developers to support our U.S based mobile
platform development.

Depreciation & Amortization increased by $0.1 million, or 40.3%, from Fiscal 2019 to Fiscal 2020. The increase is due to depreciation on asset purchases during the year.

Asset impairment expense increased by $3.5 million due to the impairment of an asset identified in Fiscal 2020.

General  and  Administrative expenses consist of office rent  and  related  overhead,  software  licenses,  insurance,  penalties,  business  taxes,  travel  and  entertainment,  and  other
general business expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended August 31, 2020, decreased by $0.9 million, or 18.0%, to $4.1 million, from $5.0 million for
the year ended August 31, 2019. The decrease is due to $0.3 million in higher software license fees related to our mobile app, $0.2 million in increased accrued tax penalties,
and $0.3 million higher rent and overhead relating to our increased revenues, personnel, and the support required for the business growth.

Interest expense
Change in fair value of note receivable
Expense related to Preferred Options
Expense related to modification of warrants
Loss from debt conversion
Inducement loss
Loss on debt extinguishment
Change in fair value of derivatives
Gain on convertible note settlement
Gain on convertible note penalties accrual
Total other income (expense)

57

For the Years Ended

August 31,
2020

(2,525,000)
(1,074,000) 
(62,091,000)
(21,000)
(3,500,000)
(624,000) 
(1,592,000) 
1,777,000 
- 
760,000 
(68,890,000)

August 31,
2019
(8,507,000)
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,927,000)
- 
2,569,000 
811,000 
- 
(9,054,000)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Other expense increased from $9.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2019 to $68.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2020, as follows:

Interest Expense consists of cash interest on interest bearing notes, financing charges for the excess of fair value over carrying amounts of notes issued during any reporting
period, amortization of recorded discount and associated deferred financing costs, and acceleration of discounts and deferred financing costs due to early conversions on notes
payable. Interest expense decreased $6.0 million to $2.5 million in Fiscal 2020 from $8.5 million in Fiscal 2019. The decrease is due to the decreased interest expense and
financing costs associated with our June 2018 and March 2019 convertible notes. The June 2018 Notes were fully amortized in September 2020 and the March 2019 Notes were
settled, repaid, or converted during 2020.

Change in fair value of note receivable consists of a fair value adjustment and amortization of the discount on the note receivable that was recorded on January 1, 2020. No
comparable fair value adjustment or amortization existed during Fiscal 2019.

Expense related to Preferred Options represents a non-recurring charge reflecting the fair value estimate of the Preferred Options issued to our founders that were deemed to be
exercisable in January 2020, and became exchangeable for common stock with the adoption by our board of directors of an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation, as
previously approved by a majority of our shareholders, on March 20, 2020. (See also Note 10 to the accompanying financial statements for the valuation approach.)

Expense related to modification of warrants represents the difference in fair value for the modification of warrants issued in conjunction with the June 2018 Notes which had
their exercise price reduced from $70 per share to $40 per share in December 2019.

Loss from debt conversion represents the acceleration of the pro-rated remaining note discount and deferred financing fees associated with the March 2019 Notes, as exchanged
in either December 2019 or March 2020, that were either converted or repaid in cash during the three and nine months ended May 31, 2020.

Inducement loss represents the difference in fair value on the date of note conversion between the closing market price and the conversion price per share, and decreased $3.3
million, or 84.1%, for the year ended August 31, 2020 from the prior year periods. The change was caused by lower conversion amounts and conversions closer to market price
for the 2020 periods.

Loss on debt extinguishment represents $0.5 million for the fair value of the common stock issued in exchange for the March 2019 Warrants cancelled in the March 2020 note
amendment and exchange described above, and $1.0 million for the acceleration of the debt discount and deferred financing fees associated with the remaining March 2019
exchange or December 2019 exchange. These notes were amended in March 2020 and accounted for as debt extinguishment. No such transactions existed for Fiscal 2019.

Change in fair value derivative and warrant liability represents the mark to market of our derivative liabilities created by the March 2019 Notes beneficial conversion feature
and related detachable warrants.

Gain on convertible note settlement represents the recovery of previously accrued convertible note penalties related to the June 2018 default. As of August 31, 2018, we had
recorded a $3.5 million penalty accrual as a result of claims by the June 2018 noteholders for a default condition of our convertible notes as of August 31, 2018. We satisfied
this liability with the issuance of $889,000 of additional convertible notes in December 2018 and recorded a penalty recovery of $2,611,000  for  the  year  ended August  31,
2019. In June 2019, the convertible notes were declared in default due to the Company not honoring certain note conversion requests, and we recorded a $1.8 million penalty
accrual for litigation damages and default interest as of August 31, 2019.

Gain on convertible note penalties accrual represents the recovery of previously accrued convertible note penalties related to the June 2019 default. We settled all note related
litigation,  as  described  above  and  in  Note  9 to  the  accompanying  financial  statements,  in  January  2020,  which  resulted  in  a  gain  due  to  the  release  of  $760,000  for  excess
damages accrued liabilities in excess of paid claims.

Loss from continuing operations. As a result of the explanations described above, the loss from continuing operations was $90.5 million for the year ended August 31, 2020
compared  to  a  loss  from  continuing  operations  of  $24.6  million  for  the  year  ended  August  31,  2019.  The  increase  is  due  to  the  non-recurring  charges  related  to  our
recapitalization including expenses related to Preferred Options and convertible notes and a $2.8 million increase in operating loss.

Gain from Asset Sale represents the gain related to the Vensure Asset Sale, as described above and in Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements.

Gain/Loss from discontinued operations represents the profit or loss on the business associated with the assets sold in connection with the Vensure Asset Sale, as described
above and in Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements.

Net loss. As a result of the explanations described above, the net loss for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020 was $75.3 million, compared to a net loss of $18.1 million in the
prior year, representing an increase of $57.2 million or 316.7%, which was due primarily to an increase of $59.8 million in other expenses related to our recapitalization and
expense associated with Preferred Option exercises, an increase of $6.0 million in operating loss, and a net gain of $8.6 million on discontinued operations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity

As of August 31, 2020, we had cash of $4.3 million and a working capital deficit of $2.8 million. Subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2020, in October 2020, we closed an additional
equity financing for $12 million, or $10.7 million net of fees. During Fiscal 2020, we used approximately $15.5 million of cash in our continuing operations and repaid $1.2
million of convertible notes, after receiving $9.7 million of cash from the Vensure Asset Sale described above and closed an underwritten public offering that yielded $11.5
million in proceeds, net of offering costs. We have incurred recurring losses, resulting in an accumulated deficit of $119.5 million as of August 31, 2020. The recurring losses
and cash used in operations are indicators of substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as going concern within one year from issuance of this Form 10-K. Our plans to
alleviate substantial doubt are discussed below.

Historically,  our  principal  source  of  financing  has  come  through  the  sale  of  our  common  stock  and  issuance  of  convertible  notes.  In  March  2019,  we  completed  a  private
placement  of  senior  secured  notes  to  certain  institutional  investors,  raising  $3.75  million  ($3.3  million  net  of  costs).  Between  September  1,  2019  and  May  22,  2020,  all
convertible notes outstanding as of August 31, 2019 were repaid or converted into equity. On May 26, 2020, we successfully completed an underwritten public offering, raising
a total of $12 million ($10.3 million net of costs), and closed an additional $1.35 million ($1.24 million net of costs) between June 1, 2020 and July 7, 2020 pursuant to the
underwriter’s  overallotment.  In  October  2020,  we  closed  an  additional  $12  million  equity  offering  ($10.7  million  net  of  costs).  Our  plans  and  expectations  for  the  next  12
months  include  raising  additional  capital  to  help  fund  expansion  of  our  operations,  including  the  continued  development  and  support  of  our  IT  and  HR  platform.  We  have
engaged an investment banking firm to assist in (i) preparing information materials, (ii) providing advice concerning the structure, price and conditions associated with a capital
raise, and (iii) organizing marketing efforts in connection with a financing transaction.

In January 2020, we closed the Vensure Asset Sale, pursuant to which we assigned approximately 88% of our customer contracts in exchange for $9.7 million in cash at closing
and received an additional $2.5 million of cash payments made on our behalf, net of $0.9 million of cash we paid on behalf of Vensure. Pursuant to this transaction, we expect
to receive an additional $5.6 million over the next four years, subject to certain closing conditions. We transferred $1.6 million of working capital, including $0.9 million of
cash, in connection with the Vensure Asset Sale.

During  Fiscal  2020,  we  instituted  certain  cost  reductions  and  have  reduced  our  anticipated  monthly  cash  needs  by  approximately  $1  million  and  continue  to  experience
significant growth in the number of WSEs, which we expect to generate additional administrative fees. The reduction in our monthly cash needs along with the anticipated

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
additional administrative fees earned should mitigate our current level of operational cash burn. We retained our high growth business as part of the Vensure Asset Sale, which
has accounted for billings and revenue growth at a rate in excess of 100% for our customers that existed as of January 1, 2020 and who were not transferred to Vensure. We also
retained the rights to monetize our existing pool of WSEs, including WSEs transferred to Vensure, and we have begun to roll out our delivery and scheduling applications to our
customers.

We have been and expect to continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, from which we have experienced both positive and negative impacts. Our current business
focus is providing payroll services for the restaurant and hospitality industries, which have seen a reduction in payroll and consequently a reduction in payroll processing fees on
a  per  WSE  and  per  location  basis.  Between  March  1,  2020  and August  31,  2020,  the  number  of  our  billed  clients  was  reduced  by  approximately  20%  as  a  result  of  these
workforce reductions. However, our services provide for current and potential clients to adapt to many of the obstacles posed by COVID-19 by providing additional services
such as delivery, which have provided the means for us to increase our client and client location counts, resulting in recovery of billings lost during the first months of the
pandemic. Beginning in June 2020, our billings per WSE and per location improved as lockdowns in our primary Southern California market were lifted. In November 2020,
the State of California re-implemented lockdowns. We believe that many of our clients have modified their businesses after the initial lockdowns to adapt somewhat to these
adverse  circumstances.  Nevertheless,  if  additional  lockdowns  persist,  the  Company’s  clients  delay  hiring  or  rehiring  employees,  or  if  our  clients  shut  down  operations,  our
ability to generate operational cash flows may be significantly impaired.

We  also  signed  a  new  client  in  July  2020  representing  a  significant  revenue  opportunity.  This  client  provides  outsourced  nurses  that  are  paid  gross  wages  in  an  amount
approximately  three  times  what  our  typical  food  WSEs  receive,  yet  we  receive  the  same  admin  fee  rates  per  wage  dollar  paid.  We  believe  that  this  client  will  generate  a
significant amount of new business for us, as the need for nurses increases to administer COVID-19 testing and vaccination services.

Our management believes that our current cash position, along with our anticipated revenue growth, expense reduction, no funded debt outstanding and anticipated financing
from potential institutional investors, will be sufficient to alleviate substantial doubt and fund our operations for at least a year from the date of this Form 10-K. If these sources
do not provide the capital necessary to fund our operations during the next twelve months, we may need to curtail certain aspects of our operations or expansion activities,
consider  the  sale  of  additional  assets,  or  consider  other  means  of  financing.  We  can  give  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  implementing  our  business  plan  and
obtaining financing on advantageous terms, or that any such additional financing will be available. The consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K do not
include any adjustments for this uncertainty.

58

 
 
 
 
Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in cash flows for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Change in cash

For the year ended
August 31,

  $

  $

2020
(16,883,000)   $
9,353,000     
10,272,000     
2,742,000    $

2019

(2,084,000)
(1,494,000)
3,489,000 
(89,000)

As of August 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $4.3 million and a working capital deficiency of $2.8 million. During the year ended August 31, 2020,
the  Company  used  approximately  $16.9  million  of  cash  in  its  operations,  consisting  of  a  net  loss  of  $75.3  million,  adjusted  by  $15.1  million  income  from  discontinued
operations to a continuing loss of $90.5 million and reduced by net non-cash charges of $75.5 million and net working capital changes of $1.1 million. The $75.5 million non-
cash  charges  resulted  from  a  combination  of  a  $62.1  million  charge  for  Preferred  Options  to  our  founders,  $0.3  million  of  depreciation  and  amortization,  $3.5  million  of
impaired asset expense, $1.3 million of stock compensation charges, and $8.3 million of net non-cash expenses related to the settlement and repayment of our convertible notes
including note discount amortization, conversion expenses, inducement losses on exchanges for shares, and warrant expenses for exchanged note related warrants, offset by
gains  recorded  from  the  recovery  of  prior  period  accrued  expenses  and  gains  on  the  elimination  of  the  fair  value  of  the  derivatives  recorded  in  prior  periods  for  the  related
conversion feature of the notes and the anti-dilution price protection for the detachable warrants issued with the notes.

During the year ended August 31, 2019, the Company used approximately $2.1 million of cash in its operations, consisting of a net loss of $18.1 million, reduced by net non-
cash charges of $10.0 million and working capital changes of $4.6 million, primarily in accounts payable and accrued payroll. During Fiscal 2019, our workers’ compensation
cash reserves increased by $4.4 million and our accrued workers’ compensation liabilities increased by $4.7 million. A significant portion of our operating cash spending for
Fiscal 2019 was attributable to approximately $4.0 million of expensed development and marketing costs associated with the development of our mobile app.

For the year ended August 31, 2020, cash provided by investing activities was primarily derived from cash received as a result of the Vensure Asset Sale, consisting of $9.5
million of cash received at closing, offset by $0.2 million of fixed asset purchases.

For the year ended August 31, 2019, cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the capitalization of the mobile app development costs performed by outside software
consultants.

For the year ended August 31, 2020, cash from financing activities was primarily derived from $11.5 million in proceeds from the Company’s underwritten equity offering,
offset by $1.2 million of repayment of convertible notes in cash.

For the year ended August 31, 2019, cash from financing activities was primarily derived from $4.75 million in proceeds ($3.3 million net of original issue discount and closing
costs) from the issuance of convertible notes in March 2019, exercise of warrants for common shares of $0.7 million, and $0.4 million repayment of convertible notes in cash.

Share Repurchase Plan

On July 9, 2019, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our outstanding common stock as market conditions warrant over a period of 18
months. The Company has not implemented the share repurchase plan to date and has not repurchased any shares under the plan.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basis of Presentation, Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgment and Estimates

Our  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with U.S. GAAP and the rules of the SEC. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates based on
historical experience and make various assumptions, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, and which form the basis for judgments about the
carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  or
conditions.

The notes to our audited consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies. We consider the following accounting policies critical to
the understanding of the results of our operations:

Principles of Consolidation

The  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  have  been  consolidated  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  All  intercompany  balances  have  been
eliminated in consolidation.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and
liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include:

· Valuation expense related to Preferred Options;

· Liability for legal contingencies;

· Useful lives of property and equipment;

· Assumptions made in valuing embedded derivatives and freestanding equity-linked instruments classified as liabilities;

· Deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance;

· Valuation of long-lived assets including long term notes receivable; and

·

 Projected development of workers’ compensation claims.

Revenue and Direct Cost Recognition

The Company provides an array of human resources and business solutions designed to help improve business performance.

The Company’s revenues are primarily attributable to fees for providing staffing solutions and EAS/human capital management services. The Company recognizes revenue
when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the services have been rendered to the customer; (iii) the sales price is fixed or
determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company enters into contracts with its clients for EAS based on a stated rate and price in the contract. Contracts
generally have a term of 12 months but are cancellable at any time by either party with 60 days’ written notice. Contract performance obligations are satisfied as services are
rendered,  and  the  time  period  between  invoicing  and  when  the  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  is  not  significant.  The  Company  does  not  have  significant  financing
components or significant payment terms for its customers and consequently has no material credit losses. Payments for the Company’s services are typically made in advance
of, or at the time that the services are provided.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  accounts  for  its  EAS  revenues  in  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  605-45,
Revenue Recognition, Principal Agent Considerations. EAS solutions revenue is primarily derived from the Company’s gross billings, which are based on (i) the payroll cost of
the Company’s WSEs, and (ii) a mark-up computed as a percentage of payroll costs for payroll taxes and workers compensation premiums.

Gross billings are invoiced to each client concurrently with each periodic payroll of the Company’s WSEs which coincides with the services provided and which is typically a
fixed percentage of the payroll processed. Revenues, which exclude the payroll cost component of gross billings and therefore consist solely of markup, are recognized ratably
over the payroll period as WSEs perform their services at the client worksite. Revenues that have been recognized but not invoiced are included in unbilled accounts receivable
on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and were not material as of August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, respectively.

Consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition policy, direct costs do not include the payroll cost of its WSEs. The cost of revenue associated with the Company’s revenue
generating activities is primarily comprised of all other costs related to its WSEs, such as the employer portion of payroll-related taxes, employee benefit plan premiums and
workers’ compensation insurance costs.

The Company has evaluated its revenue recognition policies in conjunction with its future expected business as it migrates to a staffing business model. For Fiscal 2020 and
2019,  there  were  no  revenues  which  should  have  been  evaluated  under  a  staffing  business  model.  Such  a  staffing  business  model  would  have  included  the  payroll  costs  in
revenues with a corresponding increase to cost of revenues for payroll costs associated with staffing services.

The  Company  reviewed  the  costs  associated  with  acquiring  its  customers  under ASC  340-10 Other Assets and Deferred Costs  and  determined  that  no  such  costs  should  be
capitalized. Costs relating to its customers are typically commissions paid as a percentage of some of the Company’s revenue components and are expensed as they are incurred
because the terms of its contracts generally are cancellable by either party with a 60-day notice. These costs are recorded in  commissions  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of
Operations.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates as one reportable segment under ASC 280, Segment Reporting. The chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the financial information of the
Company at a consolidated level in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. During Fiscal 2020, the Company began to enter into new business lines
and geographic areas that, to date, are not material. The Company expects to operate in multiple segments in the future as its business evolves and will evaluate these changes
prospectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  as  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  had  no  such
investments as of August 31, 2020 or 2019.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash with a commercial bank, which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At various times, the Company has deposits in
this financial institution in excess of the amount insured by the FDIC. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances and believes its credit risk to be
minimal. As of August 31, 2020, there was $4,535,000 of cash in excess of the amounts insured by the FDIC.

The Company had zero and two individual clients that represented more than 10% of its annual revenues in Fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. Three clients represented 92%
of total accounts receivable at August 31, 2020, compared to two clients representing approximately 99% of its total accounts receivable at August 31, 2019.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements,
maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When fixed assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from
the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful
life or the initial lease term.

Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of property
and equipment for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

Equipment:
Furnitures & Fixtures:

5 years
5 - 7 years

The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Computer Software Development

Software development costs relate primarily to software coding, systems interfaces and testing of the Company’s proprietary employer information systems and are accounted
for in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software.

Internal software development costs are capitalized from the time the internal use software is considered probable of completion until the software is ready for use. Business
analysis, system evaluation and software maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The capitalized computer software development costs are reported under the section fixed
assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company determined that there were no material internal software development costs for the years ended August 31, 2020 or 2019. All capitalized software recorded was
purchased from third party vendors. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, generally
five years from when the asset is placed in service.

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  periodically  evaluates  its  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  ASC  360-10, Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment.  ASC  360-10  requires  that  an
impairment loss be recognized for assets to be disposed of or held-for-use when the carrying amount of an asset is deemed not to be recoverable. If events or circumstances were
to indicate that any of our long-lived assets might be impaired, the Company would assess recoverability based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be generated
from the applicable asset. In addition, the Company may record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value
is generally determined using an estimate of discounted future net cash flows from operating activities or upon disposal of the asset. We recorded an expense related to asset
impairment of $3,542,000 and $0 for the years ended August 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Workers’ Compensation 

Everest Program

Until July 2018, a portion of the Company’s workers’ compensation risk was covered by a retrospective rated policy, which calculates the final policy premium based on the
Company’s loss experience during the term of the policy and the stipulated formula set forth in the policy. The Company funds the policy premium based on standard premium
rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll applicable to workers covered by the policy. During the policy term and thereafter, periodic adjustments may involve
either a return of previously paid premiums or a payment of additional premiums by the Company or a combination of both. If the Company’s losses under that policy exceed
the expected losses under that policy, then the Company could receive a demand for additional premium payments.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sunz Program

Since  July  2018,  the  Company’s  workers’  compensation  program  for  its  WSEs  has  been  provided  through  an  arrangement  with  United  Wisconsin  Insurance  Company  and
administered by the Sunz Insurance Company. Under this program, the Company has financial responsibility for the first $0.5 million of claims per occurrence. The Company
provides  and  maintains  a  loss  fund  that  is  earmarked  to  pay  claims  and  claims  related  expenses.  The  workers’  compensation  insurance  carrier  establishes  monthly  funding
requirements comprised of premium costs and funds to be set aside for payment of future claims (“claim loss funds”). The level of claim loss funds is primarily based upon
anticipated WSE payroll levels and expected workers’ compensation loss rates, as determined by the insurance carrier. Monies funded into the program for incurred claims
expected to be paid within one year are recorded as Deposit - workers’ compensation, a short-term asset, while the remainder of claim funds are included in Deposit-workers’
compensation, a long-term asset in its consolidated balance sheets.

The Company utilizes a third-party to estimate its loss development rate, which is based primarily upon the nature of WSEs’ job responsibilities, the location of WSEs, the
historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’  compensation  claims,  and  an  estimate  of  future  cost  trends.  Each  reporting  period,  changes  in  the  assumptions  resulting  from
changes in actual claims experience and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates.

As of August 31, 2020, the Company had $0.3 million in Deposit – workers’ compensation classified as a short-term asset and $0.7 million classified as a long-term asset.

The Company’s estimate of incurred claim costs expected to be paid within one year is included in short-term liabilities, while its estimate of incurred claim costs expected to
be  paid  beyond  one  year  is  included  in  long-term  liabilities  on  its  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of  August  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  short  term  accrued  workers’
compensation costs of $0.5 million and long term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $1.2 million.

The Company retained workers’ compensation asset reserves and workers compensation related liabilities for former WSEs of clients transferred to Shiftable HR Acquisition,
LLC, part of Vensure, in connection with the Vensure Asset Sale described in Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements.  As of August 31, 2020, the retained workers’
compensation assets and liabilities are presented as a discontinued operation net asset or liability.  As of August 31, 2020, the Company had $1.0 million in short term assets
and $1.8 million of short term liabilities, and had $2.6 million of long term assets and $4.4 million of long term liabilities.

Because the Company bears the financial responsibility for claims up to the level noted above, such claims, which are the primary component of its workers’ compensation
costs, are recorded in the period incurred. Workers’ compensation insurance includes ongoing health care and indemnity coverage whereby claims are paid over numerous years
following the date of injury. Accordingly, the accrual of related incurred costs in each reporting period includes estimates, which take into account the ongoing development of
claims  and  therefore  requires  a  significant  level  of  judgment.  In  estimating  ultimate  loss  rates,  the  Company  utilizes  historical  loss  experience,  exposure  data,  and  actuarial
judgment,  together  with  a  range  of  inputs  which  are  primarily  based  upon  the  WSE’s  job  responsibilities,  their  location,  the  historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’
compensation claims, and an estimate of future cost trends. For each reporting period, changes in the actuarial assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience
and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates. The estimated incurred claims are based upon: (i) the level of claims processed during
each quarter; (ii) estimated completion rates based upon recent claim development patterns under the plan; and (iii) the number of participants in the plan.

We  have  had  very  limited  and  to  date  immaterial  COVID-19  related  claims  between  March  2020  through  the  date  of  this  report,  although  we  expect  additional  workers’
compensation claims to be made by furloughed WSEs as a result of the employment downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. On May 4, 2020, the State of California
indicated that workers who became ill with COVID-19 would have a potential claim against workers’ compensation insurance for their illnesses. We expect additional workers’
compensation claims could be made by employees required to work by their employers during the COVID-19 pandemic, which could have a material impact on our workers’
compensation  liability  estimates.  While  we  have  not  seen  significant  additional  expenses  as  a  result  of  any  such  potential  claims  to  date,  which  would  include  claims  for
reporting periods after August 31, 2020, we continue to closely monitor all workers’ compensation claims made as the COVID-19 pandemic continues.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuance Costs and Debt Discount

Debt issuance costs and debt discounts are being amortized over the lives of the related financings on a basis that approximates the effective interest method. Costs and discounts
are presented as a reduction of the related debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Portions attributable to notes converted into equity are accelerated to interest
expense upon conversion.

Beneficial Conversion Features

The intrinsic value of a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) inherent to a convertible note payable, which is not bifurcated and accounted for separately from the convertible
note payable and may not be settled in cash upon conversion, is treated as a discount to the convertible note payable. This discount is amortized over the period from the date of
issuance to the stated maturity using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. If the note payable is retired prior to the end of the contractual
term, the unamortized discount is expensed in the period of retirement to interest expense. In general, the BCF is measured by comparing the effective conversion price, after
considering the relative fair value of detachable instruments included in the financing transaction, if any, to the fair value of the common shares at the commitment date to be
received upon conversion.

Derivative Financial Instruments

When a Company issues debt that contains a conversion feature, it first evaluates whether the conversion feature meets the requirement to be treated as a derivative based on an
analysis of the following: a) the settlement amount is determined by one or more underlying factors, typically the price of the Company’s stock; b) the settlement amount is
determined  by  one  or  more  notional  amounts  or  payments  provisions  or  both,  generally  the  number  of  shares  upon  conversion;  c)  there  is  no  initial  net  investment,  which
typically excludes the amount borrowed; and d) there is a net settlement provision, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion
can be readily sold for cash. There are certain scope exceptions from derivative treatment, but these typically exclude conversion features that provide for a variable number of
shares. When we issue warrants to purchase our common stock, we evaluate whether they meet the requirements to be treated as derivatives. Generally, warrants are treated as
derivatives if the provisions of the warrants agreements create uncertainty as to: a) the number of shares to be issued upon exercise, or b) whether shares may be issued upon
exercise. If the conversion feature within convertible debt or warrants meet the requirements to be treated as a derivative, the Company estimates the fair value of the derivative
liability using the lattice-based option valuation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the derivative liability is higher than the face value of the convertible debt,
the  excess  is  immediately  recognized  as  interest  expense.  Otherwise,  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  is  recorded  as  a  liability  with  an  offsetting  amount  recorded  as  a  debt
discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The derivative liability is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded as a
change  in  fair  value  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The  debt  discount  is  amortized  through  interest  expense  over  the  life  of  the  debt.  Derivative  instrument
liabilities and the host debt agreements are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as current or non-current based on whether settlement of the derivative instrument could
be required within twelve months of the consolidated balance sheet date.

The  accounting  treatment  of  derivative  financial  instruments  requires  that  the  Company  record  the  embedded  conversion  option  and  warrants  at  their  fair  value  as  of  the
inception date of the agreement and at fair value as of each subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-operating, non-cash income or expense
for  each  reporting  period  at  each  balance  sheet  date.  The  Company  reassesses  the  classification  of  its  derivative  instruments  at  each  balance  sheet  date.  If  the  classification
changes as a result of events during the period, the contract is reclassified as of the date of the event that caused the reclassification.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC  825, Financial Instruments, requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance
sheet, for which it is practical to estimate fair value. ASC 825 defines fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction  between  willing  parties. At August  31,  2020  and August  31,  2019,  the  carrying  value  of  certain  financial  instruments  (cash,  accounts  receivable  and  payable)
approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of the instruments. Convertible notes approximated fair value based on comparison of terms from similar instruments in the
marketplace. Notes Receivable is valued at estimated fair value as described below.

The  Company  measures  fair  value  under  a  framework  that  utilizes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  techniques  used  to  measure  fair  value.  The
hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1  measurements)  and  the  lowest  priority  to
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of inputs used in measuring fair value are:

· Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

· Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

o Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

o Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

o Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

o Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means; and

o If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

· Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company did not have any Level 1 or Level 2 assets or liabilities at August 31, 2020 or August 31, 2019. The Company recorded expense related to Preferred Options in
the year ended August 31, 2020 using Level 2 fair value measurements. (See Note 10 to the accompanying financial statements for assumptions used for this valuation). The
valuation  of  the  Note  Receivable  (as  defined  below)  from  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  and  the  derivative  liabilities  associated  with  its  March  2019  Notes  (see  Note  9  to  the
accompanying financial statements), consisting of conversion feature derivatives and warrants, are Level 3 fair value measurements.

The Note Receivable, as described in Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements, was estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on expected contingent
payments identified in the Vensure Asset Sale contract and with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as
defined in ASC 820. We valued the Note Receivable using a 10% discount rate on the January 1, 2020 transaction date, and a 15% discount rate as of August 31, 2020, which
contemplates the risk and probability assessments of the expected future cash flows. For the year ended August 31, 2020, we identified $2.6 million of adjustments to the Note
Receivable, representing an estimate of a working capital adjustment and cash activity benefitting the Company net of cash activity benefitting Vensure. These amounts were
used to reduce the Note Receivable on a dollar for dollar basis as is contemplated in the Vensure Asset Sale contract and per agreement with Vensure. We further recorded an
estimated proceeds reduction of $1.4 million related to estimated gross wages adjustments offset by a $0.3 million impact for fair value assumptions. The significant inputs in
the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity include the probability assessments of expected future cash flows related to the acquisitions, appropriately discounted
considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and as calculated in accordance with the terms of the Vensure Asset Sale agreement. The Company believes there
are risks associated with the value of the Note Receivable due to business impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The expected cash payments from the Note Receivable are based
on  gross  wages  billed  for  the  clients  transferred  to  Vensure  pursuant  to  the  Vensure Asset  Sale.  Those  transferred  clients  may  have  had  their  business  impacted  due  to  the
pandemic which, in turn, would have resulted in lower gross wage billings. While the Company believes the current valuation of the Note Receivable is fairly recorded as of
August 31, 2020, a material change in the business transferred may result in a reduction of the estimate of the contingent payments expected to be received and therefore the
value of this asset. The development and determination of the unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements and the fair value calculations are the responsibility of
the Company’s chief financial officer and are approved by the chief executive officer.

We used the following assumptions to value the Note Receivable during Fiscal 2020:

·
·
·

Discount rate of 10% (at transaction date) and 15% (at August 31, 2020)
Actual monthly wages billed to the extent available to the Company
20% per year annualized gross wage reduction representing an approximate 1.5% per month decline (at August 31, 2020)

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities classified as Level 3 as of August 31, 2020:

Balance at August 31, 2019
Reclassification to APIC due to note settlements, exchanges or conversions
Change in fair value
Balance at August 31, 2020

March 2019
Conversion
Feature

March 2019
Warrant
Liability

  $

  $

  $

2,852,000 
(1,784,000)  
(1,068,000)  

- 

  $

904,000    $
(195,000)    
(709,000)    
-    $

Total

3,756,000 
(1,979,000)
(1,777,000)
- 

The  Company  had  no  derivative  liabilities  as  of August  31,  2020  since  all  the  convertible  notes  were  converted  to  equity  or  repaid,  any  warrants  requiring  accounting  as
derivatives were exchanged for shares of common stock, and new warrant issuances do not require derivative liability accounting treatment. As of August 31, 2019, and during
the year ended August 31, 2020, the Company estimated the fair value of the conversion feature derivatives embedded in the convertible debentures and the fair value of the
warrant liabilities based on weighted probabilities of assumptions used in the Lattice-based option valuation model. The key valuation assumptions used consist, in part, of the
price of the common stock, a risk free interest rate based on the average yield of a Treasury note and expected volatility of the common stock, all as of the measurement dates,
and the various estimated reset exercise prices weighted by probability.

The Company used the following assumptions to estimate fair value of the derivatives in March 2020 prior to the amendments and exchanges for the convertible notes and
warrants:

Risk free rate
Market price per share
Life of instrument in years
Volatility
Dividend yield

March 2019
Conversion
Feature

March 2019
Warrant
Liability

  $

     $

0.08-0.17%   
6.68 
0.47-1.15 
117-139%   
0%   

1.6%

6.68 
4.0 
102%
0%

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it
could be required to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the
reporting period that the transfers occur. For the periods ended August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between
the hierarchy levels. 

Research and Development

During the year ended August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, the Company incurred both internal and external research and development costs for its software development of
approximately $4.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of which $2 million and .9 million, respectively, are included in salaries, wages and payroll taxes. All costs were
related to internally developed or externally contracted software and related technology for the Company’s HRIS platform and related mobile application and consist of internal
salaries, outsourced contractor costs and other specific research and development expenses. In addition, $0 and $1.0 million of software costs were capitalized for the years
ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
   
   
   
      
   
      
   
      
 
 
 
 
Advertising Costs 

The  Company  expenses  all  advertising  as  incurred.  The  Company  recorded  expenses  totaling  $646,000  and  $1,208,000  for  the  years  ended August  31,  2020  and  2019,
respectively.

Convertible Debt

The  Company  evaluates  embedded  conversion  features  within  convertible  debt  under ASC  815, Derivatives  and  Hedging,  to  determine  whether  the  embedded  conversion
feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature
does  not  require  derivative  treatment  under ASC  815,  the  instrument  is  evaluated  under ASC  470-20,  Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options,  for  consideration  of  any
beneficial conversion features.

Reverse Stock Split

On December 17, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 40 reverse stock split. All common shares and common stock equivalents are presented retroactively to reflect the reverse
split.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, deferred income taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax
assets  are  recognized  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance
when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The provision for income taxes represents
the tax expense for the period, if any, and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of
changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

ASC 740 also provides criteria for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. Under ASC 740, the impact of an uncertain tax position
on the income tax return may only be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority.

Share-Based Compensation

As of August 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had one stock-based compensation plan under which the Company may issue both share and stock option awards. The Company
accounts  for  this  plan  under  the  recognition  and  measurement  principles  of  ASC  718, Compensation-  Stock  Compensation,  which  requires  all  share-based  payments  to
employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations at their fair values.

Share grants are valued at the closing market price on the date of issuance, which approximates fair value. For option grants, the grant date fair value is determined using the
Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) pricing model. Option grants are typically issued with vesting depending on a term of service. For all employee stock options granted,
the Company recognizes expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).

The Company’s option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected term. The expected volatility
is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  since  its  Initial  Public  Offering. Any  changes  in  these  highly  subjective  assumptions  could  materially
impact stock-based compensation expense.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. Any compensation cost previously
recognized for an unvested award that is forfeited because of a failure to satisfy a service condition is reversed in the period of the forfeiture.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The Company utilizes FASB ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the
weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed similar to basic earnings (loss) per
share except that the denominator is increased to include additional common stock equivalents available upon exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock
method. Dilutive common stock equivalents include the dilutive effect of in-the-money share equivalents, which are calculated based on the average share price for each period
using the treasury stock method, excluding any common stock equivalents if their effect would be anti-dilutive. In periods in which a net loss has been incurred, all potentially
dilutive common stock is considered anti-dilutive and thus is excluded from the calculation.

The number used for the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the earnings per share for the year ended August 31, 2020 was increased by
24,634,560 effective as of January 1, 2020. This increase reflects the inclusion of common stock issuable upon full exercise of options to purchase a similar number of preferred
shares  and  full  conversion  of  those  shares  of  preferred  stock  to  shares  of  common  stock.  The  Preferred  Option  was  deemed  to  be  exercisable  into  preferred  shares  on  the
effective date of the Vensure Asset Sale as described in Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements. The one to one ratio of conversion of shares of preferred stock to
shares of common stock was set on March 25, 2020 as described in Note 10 to the accompanying financial statements. Between March 25 and August 31, 2020, 12,794,220 of
the 24,634,560 Preferred Options were exercised into a like number of shares of preferred stock and immediately exchanged for a like number of shares of common stock.

The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share
calculations.

Losses per common share:

Net loss allocated to common shareholders
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic and Fully Diluted net loss per common share

For the year ended
August 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

(75,347,000)   $
18,222,661     
(4.13)   $

(18,082,000)
817,720 
(22.11)

Securities used in, or that are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common stock, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive are:

Options
Senior Convertible Notes (Note 9 to accompanying financial statements)
Warrants

Total potentially dilutive shares

69

For the
Year
Ended
August 31,
2020

For the
Year
Ended
August 31,
2019

1,398,740     
-     
1,896,209     
3,294,949     

50,749 
308,312 
107,410 
466,471 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options  to  purchase  shares  of  preferred  stock  are  excluded  from  the  potentially  dilutive  shares  in  the  table  above  since  the  Preferred  Options  are  included  in  the  weighted
average outstanding share count for the basic earnings per share calculation.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock represents shares of common stock provided to the Company in satisfaction of the related party advance. Shares of common stock provided are recorded at cost
as treasury stock. The Company retired all of its treasury stock outstanding as of August 31, 2019 during Fiscal 2020. Any treasury stock retired is recorded as additional paid-
in capital, limited to the amount previously credited to additional paid-in capital, if any. Any excess is charged to accumulated deficit.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year’s data to conform to the current year’s presentation. Such reclassifications had no material impact on the Company’s
financial condition, operating results, cash flows or stockholders’ equity.

Recent Accounting Standards

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),  which  outlines  a  single  comprehensive  model  for  entities  to  use  in
accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  and  supersedes  most  current  revenue  recognition  guidance,  including  industry-specific  guidance.  The  core
principle of the revenue model is that “an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration
to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.”  The  standard  provides  enhancements  to  the  quality  and  consistency  of  how  revenue  is
reported by companies, while also improving comparability in the financial statements of companies reporting using International Financial Reporting Standards or U.S. GAAP.
The new standard also requires enhanced revenue disclosures, provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improves guidance
for  multiple-element  arrangements.  This  accounting  standard  was  initially  scheduled  to  become  effective  for  the  Company  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after
December  15,  2018,  and  interim  reporting  periods  within  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  but  has  since  been  delayed.  Early  adoption  was
permitted  for  annual  reporting  periods  (including  interim  periods)  beginning  after  December  15,  2016.  This  new  standard  permits  the  use  of  either  the  retrospective  or
cumulative  effect  transition  method.  The  Company  is  continuing  to  evaluate  the  impact  and  believes  that  the  adoption  of  Topic  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  its
reported financial results.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations. The purpose of this standard
is  to  clarify  the  implementation  of  guidance  on  principal  versus  agent  considerations  related  to ASU  2014-09.  The  standard  has  the  same  effective  date  as ASU  2014-09
described above.

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which provides
clarity  related  to  ASU  2014-09  regarding  identifying  performance  obligations  and  licensing  implementation.  The  standard  has  the  same  effective  date  as  ASU  2014-09
described above.

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, which provides
narrow  scope  improvements  and  practical  expedients  related  to ASU  2014-09.  The  purpose  of  this  standard  is  to  clarify  certain  narrow  aspects  of ASU  2014-09,  such  as
assessing the collectability criterion, presentation of sales taxes, and other similar taxes collected from customers, noncash consideration, contract modifications at transition,
completed contracts at transition, and technical correction. The standard has the same effective date as ASU 2014-09 described above.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20: Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this
standard affect narrow aspects of guidance issued in ASU 2014-09.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842). For entities that, as of June 2020, had not issued
financial  statements  under  Topic  606,  the  effective  date  was  extended  by  one  year  to  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019  and  interim  periods  within  annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Entities who have not issued financial statements under Topic 842, are required to adopt Topic 842 for financial statements issued
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Earlier application is permitted.

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-13, Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework  –  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value
Measurement. For all entities, amendments pursuant to ASU 2018-13 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15,
2019.  The  amendments  on  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value
measurements,  and  the  narrative  description  of  measurement  uncertainty  should  be  applied  prospectively  for  only  the  most  recent  interim  or  annual  period  presented  in  the
initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. Early adoption is permitted. An entity is
permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU No. 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The
Company has not yet adopted ASU 2018-13, and is currently evaluating the potential impact this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements, if any.

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-02, Leases. The new standard requires that a lessee recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for leases with terms
longer than 12 months. The recognition, measurement and presentation of lease expenses and cash flows by a lessee will depend on its classification of the lease as a finance or
operating lease. The guidance also includes new disclosure requirements providing information on the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In July 2018, the FASB
issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases. For entities that early adopted Topic 842, the amendments are effective upon issuance of ASU 2018-10,
and the transition requirements are the same as those in Topic 842. For entities that have not adopted Topic 842, the effective date and transition requirements will be the same
as  the  effective  date  and  transition  requirements  in  Topic  842.  In  June  2020,  the  FASB  voted  to  defer  the  effective  date  for  private  companies  for  one  year.  The  updated
effective  date  will  be  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2021,  and  interim  periods  within  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2022.  The  Company  is
evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance and is currently finalizing its analysis of the financial impact of the adoption. The Company expects to adopt the
guidance using the modified retrospective method. 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own
Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments
and convertible preferred stock by reducing the number of accounting models and the number of embedded conversion features that could be recognized separately from the
primary contract. The update also requires the application of the if-converted method to calculate the impact of convertible instruments on diluted earnings per share. The new
guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. This update can be adopted on either a fully retrospective or a modified retrospective basis. The Company does not expect the
adoption of ASU 2020-06 to have any material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On Dec. 18, 2019, the FASB released ASU 2019-12, which affects general principles within Topic 740, Income Taxes. The amendments of ASU 2019-12 are meant to simplify
and  reduce  the  cost  of  accounting  for  income  taxes.  The  FASB  has  stated  that  the ASU  is  being  issued  as  part  of  its  Simplification  Initiative,  which  is  meant  to  reduce
complexity in accounting standards by improving certain areas of GAAP without compromising information provided to users of financial statements.  ASU 2019-12 removes
the four exceptions to the general framework and seeks to simplify and/or clarify accounting for income taxes by adding certain requirements that would simplify GAAP for
financial statement preparers. For public companies, ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within those fiscal years) beginning after Dec. 15, 2020.
Early adoption is permitted but requires simultaneous adoption of all provisions of the new standard. The Company has elected to adopt the provisions of ASU 2019-12 as of
September 1, 2019. As a result of adoption, the Company has not considered the exception to the incremental approach for interperiod tax allocation in the event of a loss from
continuing operations and income from discontinued operations and has determined the relative tax provision allocation to continuing operations and discontinued operations
separately. None of the other provisions of ASU 2019-12 were determined to be applicable to the Company.

71

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more
future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment
inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may
result  in  such  proceedings,  the  Company,  in  consultation  with  legal  counsel,  evaluates  the  perceived  merits  of  any  legal  proceedings  or  unasserted  claims,  as  well  as  the
perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates it is probable that a material loss has been incurred
and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates a potentially
material  loss  contingency  is  not  probable,  but  is  reasonably  possible,  or  is  probable,  but  cannot  be  estimated,  then  the  nature  of  the  contingent  liability,  together  with  an
estimate of the range of possible loss, if determinable and material, would be disclosed. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve
guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed.

Emerging Growth Reporting Requirements

We are a public reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). We are required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging
growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange
Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other
Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

·

·

·

·

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;

being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not
previously approved.

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We are permitted to remain an “emerging growth company” for
up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be
an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31.

 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 8. Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Periods Ended August 31, 2020 and 2019

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets for the Years Ended August 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended August 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended August 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended August 31, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

73

Page No.
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of ShiftPixy, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ShiftPixy, Inc. (the “Company”) as of August 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended August 31, 2020 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial
statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of August 31, 2020 and 2019, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended August 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, NY

November 30, 2020

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShiftPixy, Inc.
 Consolidated Balance Sheets

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Unbilled accounts receivable
Deposit – workers’ compensation
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Current assets of discontinued operations

Total current assets

Fixed assets, net
Note receivable, net
Deposits – workers’ compensation
Deposits and other assets
Non-current assets of discontinued operations

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Current liabilities

Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
Payroll related liabilities
Convertible notes, net
Accrued workers’ compensation costs
Default penalties accrual
Derivative liability
Current liabilities of discontinued operations

Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Accrued workers’ compensation costs
Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations

Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ deficit

  $

  $

  $

August 31, 
2020

August 31, 
2019

4,303,000    $
308,000     
2,303,000     
293,000     
723,000     
73,000     
1,030,000     
9,033,000     

575,000     
4,045,000     
736,000     
449,000     
2,582,000     
17,420,000    $

3,831,000    $
5,752,000     
-     
497,000     
-     
-     
1,746,000     
11,826,000     

1,247,000     
4,377,000     
17,450,000     

1,561,000 
85,000 
1,418,000 
235,000 
349,000 
244,000 
10,139,000 
14,031,000 

4,155,000 
- 
754,000 
124,000 
5,567,000 
24,631,000 

4,454,000 
2,559,000 
3,351,000 
235,000 
1,800,000 
3,756,000 
16,033,000 
32,188,000 

525,000 
3,853,000 
36,566,000 

Preferred stock, 50,000,000 authorized shares; $0.0001 par value
Common stock, 750,000,000 authorized shares; $0.0001 par value; 16,902,146 and 909,222 shares issued as of August
31, 2020 and 2019
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost-0 and 13,953 shares as of August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ deficit

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

-     

- 

1,000     
119,431,000     
-     
(119,462,000)    
(30,000)     
17,420,000    $

- 
32,505,000 
(325,000)
(44,115,000)
(11,935,000)
24,631,000 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShiftPixy Inc.
 Consolidated Statements of Operations

Revenues (gross billings of $65.5 million and $73.4 million less worksite employee payroll cost of $56.9 million and $62.9 million,
respectively)
Cost of revenue
Gross profit

  $

8,642,000    $
7,685,000     
957,000     

10,451,000 
8,538,000 
1,913,000 

 For the year ended

August 31,
2020

August 31,
2019

Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages, and payroll taxes
Stock-based compensation – general and administrative
Commissions
Professional fees
Software development - external
Depreciation and amortization
Impaired asset expense
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

Operating Loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense
Change in fair value of note receivable
Expense related to Preferred Options
Expense related to modification of warrants
Loss from debt conversion
Inducement loss
Loss on debt extinguishment
Change in fair value derivative and warrant liability
Loss on convertible note settlement
Gain on convertible note penalties accrual

Total other (expense) income

 Loss from continuing operations
(Loss) Income from discontinued operations

(Loss) Income from discontinued operations
Gain from asset sale

Total Income (Loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net loss

Net Loss per share, Basic and diluted
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Operating (loss) income
Gain on sale of assets

Total discontinued operations

Net Loss per share of common stock – Basic and diluted

7,227,000     
1,526,000     
181,000     
3,366,000     
2,240,000     
272,000     
3,543,000     
4,180,000     
22,535,000     

6,283,000 
632,000 
201,000 
3,918,000 
1,209,000 
194,000 
- 
5,032,000 
17,469,000 

(21,578,000)    

(15,556,000)

(2,525,000)    
(1,074,000)     
(62,091,000)    
(21,000)    
(3,500,000)    
(624,000)    
(1,592,000)    
1,777,000     
-     
760,000     

(8,507,000)
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,927,000)
- 
2,569,000 
811,000 
- 

(68,890,000)    
(90,468,000)    

(9,054,000)
(24,610,000)

(561,000)    
15,682,000     
15,121,000     

6,528,000 
- 
6,528,000 

  $

(75,347,000)   $

(18,082,000)

  $

  $

(4.96)   $

(0.03)    
0.86     
0.83     
(4.13)   $

(30.09)

7.98 
- 
7.98 
(22.11)

Weighted average common stock outstanding – Basic and diluted

18,222,661     

817,720 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
Balance, September 1, 2018
Warrants exercised for cash
Common stock issued for services
rendered
Stock-based compensation expense
Reclassification of derivative liability
upon conversion of related convertible
notes
Common shares issued upon conversion
of convertible notes and interest
Shares issued to induce debt conversion  
Treasury stock received for settlement of
note receivable
Net Loss
Balance, August 31, 2019
Treasury stock retired
Common stock issued for note exchange  
Common stock issued for services
rendered
Common stock issued for warrant
exercise
Common stock issued for underwritten
offering, net of offering costs
Common stock issued upon conversion of
convertible notes and interest
Reclassification of derivative liabilities to
paid in capital
Inducement loss on note conversions
Common stock issued for warrant
exchange
Allocated fair value of beneficial
conversion feature – exchanged notes
payable
Allocated fair value of warrants issued –
exchanged notes payable
Stock-based compensation expense
Modification of warrants
Expense related to Preferred Options
Preferred stock issued for Preferred
Option exercise
Common stock issued for preferred stock
exchange
Net Loss
Balance, August 31, 2020

Additional
Paid-In
Capital
18,468,000 
660,000 

  $

  $

Treasury
stock

263,000 
369,000 

12,000 

8,904,000 
3,829,000 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

  $

- 
- 
32,505,000 

  $

(325,000)  
200,000 

(325,000)  

- 

(325,000)   $
325,000 
- 

ShiftPixy Inc.
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

Preferred Stock
Issued

Common Stock
Issued

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

 $

  $

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

12,794,490 

1,000 

723,470 
6,688 

  $

4,984 
- 

- 

105,776 
68,304 

- 
- 
909,222 
(13,953)  
21,750 

  $

856 

6,275 

2,472,500 

589,695 

- 
38,658 

82,653 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

75,000 

33,000 

11,478,000 

6,238,000 

1,979,000 
624,000 

552,000 

653,000 

2,006,000 
1,300,000 
22,000 
62,091,000 

- 

(12,794,490)  

(1,000)  

- 
- 

 $

- 
- 

12,794,490 
- 
16,902,146 

  $

1,000 
- 
1,000 

  $

- 
- 
119,431,000 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

  Accumulated  
Deficit
(26,033,000)   $

  $

Total
Stockholders’  
Deficit
(7,565,000)
660,000 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(18,082,000)  
(44,115,000)   $

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

263,000 
369,000 

12,000 

8,904,000 
3,829,000 

(325,000)
(18,082,000)
(11,935,000)
- 
200,000 

75,000 

33,000 

11,478,000 

6,238,000 

1,979,000 
624,000 

552,000 

653,000 

2,006,000 
1,300,000 
22,000 
62,091,000 

1,000 

- 
(75,347,000)
(30,000) 

(75,347,000)  

  $ (119,462,000)   $

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShiftPixy, Inc.
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net Loss
Income from discontinued operations
Net loss from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash used in continuing operating activities:
Expense related to Preferred Options
Depreciation and amortization
Impaired asset expense
Gain on convertible note settlement
Gain on convertible note penalties accrual
Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost
Stock issued for services
Stock-based compensation- general and administrative
Expense related to warrant modification
Inducement loss on note conversions
Expense related to warrant exchange
Change in fair value of note receivable
Non-cash interest
Change in fair value of derivative and warrant liability
Financing costs
Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Accounts receivable
Unbilled accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Deposits – workers’ compensation

Deposits and other assets
Accounts payable
Payroll related liabilities
Accrued workers’ compensation
Other current liabilities

Total Adjustments

Net cash used in continuing operating activities
Net cash provided by discontinued operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of fixed assets
Proceeds from working capital adjustment – sale of assets
Proceeds from sale of assets
Issuance of related party note receivable

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from underwritten public offering, net of offering costs
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
Issuance costs related to convertible notes
Repayment of convertible notes
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash
Cash - Beginning of Period
Cash -End of Period

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flows Information:

Cash paid for interest

Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities:
Conversion of debt and accrued interest into common stock
Additional Principal to settle registration rights penalties
Common stock issued for note exchange
Additional principal issued for note exchange
Interest capitalized into notes receivable
Common stock issued in exchange for warrants
Discount recorded for asset sale note receivable
Reclassification of derivative liabilities to paid in capital
Discharge of related party note receivable for common shares
Allocated fair value of beneficial conversion feature
Allocated fair value of warrants included with convertible notes

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

For the Year Ended

August 31, 
2020

August 31, 
2019

  $

(75,347,000)   $
15,121,000     
(90,468,000)    

(18,082,000)
6,528,000 
(24,610,000)

62,091,000     
272,000     
3,543,000     
-     
(760,000)    
6,749,000     
75,000     
1,300,000     
22,000     
624,000     
552,000     
1,074,000     
-     
(1,777,000)    
-     

(223,000)    
(885,000)    
(374,000)    
171,000     

(40,000)    
(325,000)    
(623,000)    
3,193,000     
984,000     
(803,000)    
74,840,000     
(15,628,000)    
(1,255,000)    
(16,883,000)    

(235,000)    
88,000     
9,500,000     
-     
9,353,000     

11,479,000     
-     
-     
(1,240,000)    
33,000     
10,272,000     

2,742,000     
1,561,000     
4,303,000    $

- 
194,000 
- 
(811,000)
- 
5,607,000 
263,000 
369,000 
- 
3,829,000 
- 
- 
509,000 
(2,569,000)
2,588,000 

(236,000)
(643,000)
97,000 
15,000 

(794,000)
(3,000)
1,372,000 
4,118,000 
700,000 
(25,000)
14,580,000 
(10,030,000)
7,946,000 
(2,084,000)

(1,169,000)
- 
- 
(325,000)
(1,494,000)

- 
3,750,000 
(485,000)
(436,000)
660,000 
3,489,000 

(89,000)
1,650,000 
1,561,000 

315,000    $

226,000 

6,238,000    $
-     
200,000     
433,000     
59,000     
552,000     
1,818,000     
1,979,000     
-     
-     
-    $

8,904,000 
889,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
325,000 
1,479,000 
2,271,000 

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
F-5

ShiftPixy, Inc.
 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
August 31, 2020

Note 1: Nature of Operations

ShiftPixy, Inc. was incorporated on June 3, 2015, in the State of Wyoming. The Company is a specialized staffing service provider that provides solutions for large contingent
part-time  workforce  demands,  primarily  in  the  restaurant  and  hospitality  service  trades.  The  Company’s  historic  focus  has  been  on  the  quick  service  restaurant  industry  in
Southern California, but has begun to expand into other geographic areas and industries employing temporary or part-time labor sources.

The  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  Rethink,  Inc.  (“RT”)  function  as  employment  administrative  services  (“EAS”)  providers  including  services  such  as
administrative  and  processing  services,  performing  functions  in  the  nature  of  a  payroll  processor,  human  resources  consultant,  administrator  of  workers’  compensation
coverages and claims and provider of workers’ compensation coverage written in the names of the Company’s clients (as may be required by some states). The Company has
built  a  human  resources  information  systems  platform  to  assist  in  customer  acquisition  that  simplifies  the  onboarding  of  new  clients  into  the  Company’s  closed  proprietary
operating and processing information system (the “ShiftPixy Ecosystem”). This platform is expected to facilitate additional value-added services in future reporting periods. In
January 2020, the Company sold the assets of Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (“SHCM”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to which it assigned the
majority of the Company’s billable clients to a third party for cash as described below in Note 3.

On December 17, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 40 reverse stock split. All common shares and common stock equivalents are presented retroactively to reflect the reverse
split.

On March 25, 2020, the Company filed Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Restated Articles of Incorporation”) with the Wyoming Secretary of State, which
were  approved  by  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  (the  “Board  of  Directors”)  and  its  shareholders  representing  a  majority  of  its  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock.  The
Restated Articles of Incorporation, among other things, set conversion rights for the Company’s Class A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, to convert into shares of
common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Note 2: Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America
(“GAAP”) and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  have  been  consolidated  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements.  All  intercompany  balances  have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and
liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include:

· Valuation expense related to Preferred Options;

· Liability for legal contingencies;

· Useful lives of property and equipment;

· Assumptions made in valuing embedded derivatives and freestanding equity-linked instruments classified as liabilities;

· Deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance;

· Valuation of long-lived assets including long term notes receivable; and

·

 Projected development of workers’ compensation claims.

Revenue and Direct Cost Recognition

The Company provides an array of human resources and business solutions designed to help improve business performance.

The Company’s revenues are primarily attributable to fees for providing staffing solutions and EAS/human capital management services. The Company recognizes revenue
when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the services have been rendered to the customer; (iii) the sales price is fixed or
determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company enters into contracts with its clients for EAS based on a stated rate and price in the contract. Contracts
generally have a term of 12 months but are cancellable at any time by either party with 60 days’ written notice. Contract performance obligations are satisfied as services are
rendered,  and  the  time  period  between  invoicing  and  when  the  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  is  not  significant.  The  Company  does  not  have  significant  financing
components or significant payment terms for its customers and consequently has no material credit losses. Payments for the Company’s services are typically made in advance
of, or at the time that the services are provided.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  accounts  for  its  EAS  revenues  in  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  605-45,
Revenue Recognition, Principal Agent Considerations. EAS solutions revenue is primarily derived from the Company’s gross billings, which are based on (i) the payroll cost of
the Company’s worksite employees (“WSEs”) and (ii) a mark-up computed as a percentage of payroll costs for payroll taxes and workers’ compensation premiums.

Gross billings are invoiced to each client concurrently with each periodic payroll of the Company’s WSEs which coincides with the services provided and which is typically a
fixed percentage of the payroll processed. Revenues, which exclude the payroll cost component of gross billings and therefore consist solely of markup, are recognized ratably
over the payroll period as WSEs perform their services at the client worksite. Revenues that have been recognized but not invoiced are included in unbilled accounts receivable
on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and were not material as of August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, respectively.

Consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition policy, direct costs do not include the payroll cost of its WSEs. The cost of revenue associated with the Company’s revenue
generating activities is primarily comprised of all other costs related to its WSEs, such as the employer portion of payroll-related taxes, employee benefit plan premiums and
workers’ compensation insurance costs.

The Company has evaluated its revenue recognition policies in conjunction with its future expected business as it migrates to a staffing business model. For Fiscal 2020 and
2019,  there  were  no  revenues  which  should  have  been  evaluated  under  a  staffing  business  model.  Such  a  staffing  business  model  would  have  included  the  payroll  costs  in
revenues with a corresponding increase to cost of revenues for payroll costs associated with staffing services.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates as one reportable segment under ASC 280, Segment Reporting. The chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the financial information of the
Company at a consolidated level in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. During Fiscal 2020, the Company began to enter into new business lines
and geographic areas that, to date, are not material. The Company expects to operate in multiple segments in the future as its business evolves and will evaluate these changes
prospectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  as  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  had  no  such
investments as of August 31, 2020 or 2019.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash with a commercial bank, which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At various times, the Company has deposits in
this financial institution in excess of the amount insured by the FDIC. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances and believes its credit risk to be
minimal. As of August 31, 2020, there was $4,535,000 of cash in excess of the amounts insured by the FDIC.

The Company had zero and two individual clients that represented more than 10% of its annual revenues in Fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. Three clients represented 92%
of total accounts receivable at August 31, 2020, compared to two clients representing approximately 99% of its total accounts receivable at August 31, 2019.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements,
maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When fixed assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from
the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful
life or the initial lease term.

Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of property
and equipment for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

Equipment:
Furnitures & Fixtures:

5 years
5 - 7 years

The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Computer Software Development

Software development costs relate primarily to software coding, systems interfaces and testing of the Company’s proprietary employer information systems and are accounted
for in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software.

Internal software development costs are capitalized from the time the internal use software is considered probable of completion until the software is ready for use. Business
analysis, system evaluation and software maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The capitalized computer software development costs are reported under the section fixed
assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company determined that there were no material internal software development costs for the years ended August 31, 2020 or 2019. All capitalized software recorded was
purchased from third party vendors. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, generally
five years from when the asset is placed in service.

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  periodically  evaluates  its  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  ASC  360-10, Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment.  ASC  360-10  requires  that  an
impairment loss be recognized for assets to be disposed of or held-for-use when the carrying amount of an asset is deemed not to be recoverable. If events or circumstances were
to indicate that any of the Company’s long-lived assets might be impaired, the Company would assess recoverability based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to
be generated from the applicable asset. In addition, the Company may record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the
asset. Fair value is generally determined using an estimate of discounted future net cash flows from operating activities or upon disposal of the asset. We recorded an expense
related to asset impairment of $3,542,000 and $0 for the years ended August 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Workers’ Compensation 

Everest Program

Until July 2018, a portion of the Company’s workers’ compensation risk was covered by a retrospective rated policy, which calculates the final policy premium based on the
Company’s loss experience during the term of the policy and the stipulated formula set forth in the policy. The Company funds the policy premium based on standard premium
rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll applicable to workers covered by the policy. During the policy term and thereafter, periodic adjustments may involve
either a return of previously paid premiums or a payment of additional premiums by the Company or a combination of both. If the Company’s losses under that policy exceed
the expected losses under that policy, then the Company could receive a demand for additional premium payments.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sunz Program

Since  July  2018,  the  Company’s  workers’  compensation  program  for  its  WSEs  has  been  provided  through  an  arrangement  with  United  Wisconsin  Insurance  Company  and
administered by the Sunz Insurance Company. Under this program, the Company has financial responsibility for the first $0.5 million of claims per occurrence. The Company
provides  and  maintains  a  loss  fund  that  is  earmarked  to  pay  claims  and  claims  related  expenses.  The  workers’  compensation  insurance  carrier  establishes  monthly  funding
requirements comprised of premium costs and funds to be set aside for payment of future claims (“claim loss funds”). The level of claim loss funds is primarily based upon
anticipated WSE payroll levels and expected workers’ compensation loss rates, as determined by the insurance carrier. Monies funded into the program for incurred claims
expected to be paid within one year are recorded as Deposit - workers’ compensation, a short-term asset, while the remainder of claim funds are included in Deposit- workers’
compensation, a long-term asset in its consolidated balance sheets.

Under both the Everest and Sunz Programs, the Company utilizes a third-party to estimate its loss development rate, which is based primarily upon the nature of WSEs’ job
responsibilities,  the  location  of  WSEs,  the  historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’  compensation  claims,  and  an  estimate  of  future  cost  trends.  Each  reporting  period,
changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates.

As of August 31, 2020, the Company had $0.3 million in Deposit – workers’ compensation classified as a short-term asset and $0.7 million classified as a long-term asset.

The Company’s estimate of incurred claim costs expected to be paid within one year is included in short-term liabilities, while its estimate of incurred claim costs expected to
be  paid  beyond  one  year  is  included  in  long-term  liabilities  on  its  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of  August  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  short  term  accrued  workers’
compensation costs of $0.5 million and long term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $1.2 million.

The Company retained workers’ compensation asset reserves and workers’ compensation related liabilities for former WSEs of clients transferred to Shiftable HR Acquisition,
LLC,  part  of  Vensure  Employer  Services,  Inc.  (“Vensure”),  in  connection  with  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  described  in  Note  3.   As  of August  31,  2020,  the  retained  workers’
compensation assets and liabilities are presented as a discontinued operation net asset or liability. As of August 31, 2020, the Company had $1.0 million in short term assets and
$1.8 million of short term liabilities, and had $2.6 million of long term assets and $4.4 million of long term liabilities.

Because the Company bears the financial responsibility for claims up to the level noted above, such claims, which are the primary component of its workers’ compensation
costs, are recorded in the period incurred. Workers’ compensation insurance includes ongoing health care and indemnity coverage whereby claims are paid over numerous years
following the date of injury. Accordingly, the accrual of related incurred costs in each reporting period includes estimates, which take into account the ongoing development of
claims  and  therefore  requires  a  significant  level  of  judgment.  In  estimating  ultimate  loss  rates,  the  Company  utilizes  historical  loss  experience,  exposure  data,  and  actuarial
judgment,  together  with  a  range  of  inputs  which  are  primarily  based  upon  the  WSE’s  job  responsibilities,  their  location,  the  historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’
compensation claims, and an estimate of future cost trends. For each reporting period, changes in the actuarial assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience
and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates. The estimated incurred claims are based upon: (i) the level of claims processed during
each quarter; (ii) estimated completion rates based upon recent claim development patterns under the plan; and (iii) the number of participants in the plan.

The Company has had very limited and immaterial COVID-19 related claims between March 2020 through the date of this report, although there is a possibility of additional
workers’ compensation claims being made by furloughed WSEs as a result of the employment downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. On May 4, 2020, the State of
California  indicated  that  workers  who  became  ill  with  COVID-19  would  have  a  potential  claim  against  workers’  compensation  insurance  for  their  illnesses.  There  is  a
possibility that additional workers’ compensation claims could be made by employees required to work by their employers during the COVID-19 pandemic, which could have a
material impact on its workers’ compensation liability estimates. While the Company has not seen significant additional expenses as a result of any such potential claims to
date,  which  would  include  claims  for  reporting  periods  after August  31,  2020,  it  continues  to  closely  monitor  all  workers’  compensation  claims  made  as  the  COVID-19
pandemic continues.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discount

Debt issuance costs and debt discounts are being amortized over the lives of the related financings on a basis that approximates the effective interest method. Costs and discounts
are presented as a reduction of the related debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Portions attributable to notes converted into equity are accelerated to interest
expense upon conversion.

Beneficial Conversion Features

The intrinsic value of a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) inherent to a convertible note payable, which is not bifurcated and accounted for separately from the convertible
note payable and may not be settled in cash upon conversion, is treated as a discount to the convertible note payable. This discount is amortized over the period from the date of
issuance to the stated maturity using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. If the note payable is retired prior to the end of the contractual
term, the unamortized discount is expensed in the period of retirement to interest expense. In general, the BCF is measured by comparing the effective conversion price, after
considering the relative fair value of detachable instruments included in the financing transaction, if any, to the fair value of the common shares at the commitment date to be
received upon conversion.

Derivative Financial Instruments

When a Company issues debt that contains a conversion feature, it first evaluates whether the conversion feature meets the requirement to be treated as a derivative based on an
analysis of the following: a) the settlement amount is determined by one or more underlying factors, typically the price of the Company’s stock; b) the settlement amount is
determined  by  one  or  more  notional  amounts  or  payments  provisions  or  both,  generally  the  number  of  shares  upon  conversion;  c)  there  is  no  initial  net  investment,  which
typically excludes the amount borrowed; and d) there is a net settlement provision, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received upon conversion
can be readily sold for cash. There are certain scope exceptions from derivative treatment, but these typically exclude conversion features that provide for a variable number of
shares. When the Company issues warrants to purchase its common stock, it evaluates whether they meet the requirements to be treated as derivatives. Generally, warrants are
treated as derivatives if the provisions of the warrants agreements create uncertainty as to: a) the number of shares to be issued upon exercise, or b) whether shares may be
issued upon exercise. If the conversion feature within convertible debt or warrants meet the requirements to be treated as a derivative, the Company estimates the fair value of
the derivative liability using the lattice-based option valuation model upon the date of issuance. If the fair value of the derivative liability is higher than the face value of the
convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a liability with an offsetting amount recorded
as a debt discount, which offsets the carrying amount of the debt. The derivative liability is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is recorded
as a change in fair value in the consolidated statement of operations. The debt discount is amortized through interest expense over the life of the debt. Derivative instrument
liabilities and the host debt agreements are classified on the consolidated balance sheets as current or non-current based on whether settlement of the derivative instrument could
be required within twelve months of the consolidated balance sheet date.

The  accounting  treatment  of  derivative  financial  instruments  requires  that  the  Company  record  the  embedded  conversion  option  and  warrants  at  their  fair  value  as  of  the
inception date of the agreement and at fair value as of each subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-operating, non-cash income or expense
for  each  reporting  period  at  each  balance  sheet  date.  The  Company  reassesses  the  classification  of  its  derivative  instruments  at  each  balance  sheet  date.  If  the  classification
changes as a result of events during the period, the contract is reclassified as of the date of the event that caused the reclassification.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC  825, Financial Instruments, requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance
sheet, for which it is practical to estimate fair value. ASC 825 defines fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction  between  willing  parties. At August  31,  2020  and August  31,  2019,  the  carrying  value  of  certain  financial  instruments  (cash,  accounts  receivable  and  payable)
approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of the instruments. Convertible notes approximated fair value based on comparison of terms from similar instruments in the
marketplace. Notes Receivable is valued at estimated fair value as described below.

The  Company  measures  fair  value  under  a  framework  that  utilizes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  techniques  used  to  measure  fair  value.  The
hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1  measurements)  and  the  lowest  priority  to
unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of inputs used in measuring fair value are:

· Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

· Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

o Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

o Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

o Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

o Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means; and

o If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

· Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company did not have any Level 1 or Level 2 assets or liabilities at August 31, 2020 or August 31, 2019. The Company recorded expense related to Preferred Options in
the year ended August 31, 2020 using Level 2 fair value measurements. See Note 10 for assumptions used for this valuation. The valuation of the Note Receivable (as defined
below)  from  the  Vensure Asset  Sale,  as  defined  below,  and  the  derivative  liabilities  associated  with  its  March  2019  Notes  (see  Note  9),  consisting  of  conversion  feature
derivatives and warrants, are Level 3 fair value measurements.

The Note Receivable, as described in Note 3, was estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on expected contingent payments identified in the Vensure Asset Sale
contract and with significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC 820. The Company valued the
Note Receivable on the January 1, 2020 transaction date, and on August 31, 2020, using a 10% and 15% discount rate, respectively, which contemplates the risk and probability
assessments of the expected future cash flows. For the year ended August 31, 2020, the Company identified $2.6 million of adjustments to the Note Receivable, representing an
estimate  of  a  working  capital  adjustment  and  cash  activity  benefitting  the  Company  net  of  cash  activity  benefitting  Vensure.  These  amounts  were  used  to  reduce  the  Note
Receivable on a dollar for dollar basis as is contemplated in the Vensure Asset Sale contract and per agreement with Vensure. The Company further recorded an estimated
proceeds reduction of $1.4 million related to estimated gross wages adjustments, and a $0.3 million impact for fair value assumptions. The significant inputs in the Level 3
measurement  not  supported  by  market  activity  include  the  probability  assessments  of  expected  future  cash  flows  related  to  the  acquisitions,  appropriately  discounted
considering the uncertainties associated with the obligation, and as calculated in accordance with the terms of the Vensure Asset Sale agreement. The Company believes there
are risks associated with the value of the Note Receivable due to business impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The expected cash payments from the Note Receivable are based
on  gross  wages  billed  for  the  clients  transferred  to  Vensure  pursuant  to  the  Vensure Asset  Sale.  Those  transferred  clients  may  have  had  their  business  impacted  due  to  the
pandemic which, in turn, would have resulted in lower gross wage billings. While the Company believes the current valuation of the Note Receivable is fairly recorded as of
August 31, 2020, a material change in the business transferred may result in a reduction of the estimate of the contingent payments expected to be received and therefore the
value of this asset. The development and determination of the unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements and the fair value calculations are the responsibility of
the Company’s chief financial officer and are approved by the chief executive officer.

The Company used the following assumptions to value the Note Receivable during Fiscal 2020:

·
·
·

Discount rate of 10% (at the transaction date) and 15% (at August 31, 2020)
Actual monthly wages billed to the extent available to the Company
20% per year annualized gross wage reduction representing an approximate 1.5% per month decline (at August 31, 2020)

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s derivative liabilities classified as Level 3 as of August 31, 2020:

Balance at August 31, 2019
Reclassification to APIC due to note settlements, exchanges or conversions
Change in fair value
Balance at August 31, 2020

March 2019
Conversion
Feature

March 2019
Warrant
Liability

  $

  $

  $

2,852,000 
(1,784,000)  
(1,068,000)  

- 

  $

904,000    $
(195,000)    
(709,000)    
-    $

Total

3,756,000 
(1,979,000)
(1,777,000)
- 

The  Company  had  no  derivative  liabilities  as  of August  31,  2020  since  all  the  convertible  notes  were  converted  to  equity  or  repaid,  any  warrants  requiring  accounting  as
derivatives were exchanged for shares of common stock, and new warrant issuances do not require derivative liability accounting treatment. As of August 31, 2019, and during
the year ended August 31, 2020, the Company estimated the fair value of the conversion feature derivatives embedded in the convertible debentures and the fair value of the
warrant liabilities based on weighted probabilities of assumptions used in the Lattice-based option valuation model. The key valuation assumptions used consist, in part, of the
price of the common stock, a risk free interest rate based on the average yield of a Treasury note and expected volatility of the common stock, all as of the measurement dates,
and the various estimated reset exercise prices weighted by probability.

The Company used the following assumptions to estimate fair value of the derivatives in March 2020 prior to the amendments and exchanges for the convertible notes and
warrants:

Risk free rate
Market price per share
Life of instrument in years
Volatility
Dividend yield

March 2019
Conversion
Feature

March 2019
Warrant
 Liability

  $

     $

0.08-0.17%   
6.68 
0.47-1.15 
117-139%   
0%   

1.6%

6.68 
4.0 
102%
0%

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it
could be required to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the
reporting period that the transfers occur. For the periods ended August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between
the hierarchy levels. 

Research and Development

During the years ended August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, the Company incurred both internal and external research and development costs for its software development of
approximately $4.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, of which $2 million and .9 million, respectively, are included in salaries, wages and payroll taxes. All costs were
related to internally developed or externally contracted software and related technology for the Company’s HRIS platform and related mobile application and consist of internal
salaries, outsourced contractor costs and other specific research and development expenses. In addition, $0 and $1.0 million of software costs were capitalized for the year ended
August 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
   
   
   
      
   
      
   
      
 
 
 
 
Advertising Costs 

The  Company  expenses  all  advertising  as  incurred.  The  Company  recorded  expenses  totaling  $646,000  and  $1,208,000  for  the  years  ended August  31,  2020  and  2019,
respectively.

Convertible Debt

The  Company  evaluates  embedded  conversion  features  within  convertible  debt  under ASC  815, Derivatives  and  Hedging,  to  determine  whether  the  embedded  conversion
feature(s) should be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as a derivative at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. If the conversion feature
does  not  require  derivative  treatment  under ASC  815,  the  instrument  is  evaluated  under ASC  470-20,  Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options,  for  consideration  of  any
beneficial conversion features.

Reverse Stock Split

On December 17, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 40 reverse stock split. All common shares and common stock equivalents are presented retroactively to reflect the reverse
split.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, deferred income taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax
assets  are  recognized  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance
when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The provision for income taxes represents
the tax expense for the period, if any, and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of
changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

ASC 740 also provides criteria for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. Under ASC 740, the impact of an uncertain tax position
on the income tax return may only be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority.

Share-Based Compensation

As of August 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had one stock-based compensation plan under which the Company may issue both share and stock option awards. The Company
accounts  for  this  plan  under  the  recognition  and  measurement  principles  of  ASC  718, Compensation-  Stock  Compensation,  which  requires  all  share-based  payments  to
employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations at their fair values.

Share grants are valued at the closing market price on the date of issuance, which approximates fair value. For option grants, the grant date fair value is determined using the
Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) pricing model. Option grants are typically issued with vesting depending on a term of service. For all employee stock options granted,
the Company recognizes expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).

The Company’s option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected term. The expected volatility
is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  since  its  Initial  Public  Offering. Any  changes  in  these  highly  subjective  assumptions  could  materially
impact stock-based compensation expense.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. Any compensation cost previously
recognized for an unvested award that is forfeited because of a failure to satisfy a service condition is reversed in the period of the forfeiture.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The Company utilizes FASB ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the
weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed similar to basic earnings (loss) per
share except that the denominator is increased to include additional common stock equivalents available upon exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock
method. Dilutive common stock equivalents include the dilutive effect of in-the-money share equivalents, which are calculated based on the average share price for each period
using the treasury stock method, excluding any common stock equivalents if their effect would be anti-dilutive. In periods in which a net loss has been incurred, all potentially
dilutive common stock is considered anti-dilutive and thus is excluded from the calculation.

The number used for the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the earnings per share for the year ended August 31, 2020 was increased by
24,634,560 effective as of January 1, 2020. This increase reflects the inclusion of common stock issuable upon full exercise of options to purchase a similar number of preferred
shares  and  full  conversion  of  those  shares  of  preferred  stock  to  shares  of  common  stock.  The  Preferred  Option  was  deemed  to  be  exercisable  into  preferred  shares  on  the
effective date of the Vensure Asset Sale as described in Note 3. The one to one ratio of conversion of shares of preferred stock to shares of common stock was set on March 25,
2020, as described in Note 10. Between March 25 and August 31, 2020, 12,794,490 of the 24,634,560 Preferred Options were exercised into a like number of shares preferred
stock and immediately exchanged for a like number of shares of common stock.

Securities used in, or that are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common stock, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive are:

Options
Senior Convertible Notes (Note 9)
Warrants

Total potentially dilutive shares

F-14

For the
Year
Ended
August 31,
2020

For the
Year
Ended
August 31,
2019

1,398,740     
-     
1,896,209     
3,294,949     

50,749 
308,312 
107,410 
466,471 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options  to  purchase  shares  of  preferred  stock  are  excluded  from  the  potentially  dilutive  shares  in  the  table  above  since  the  Preferred  Options  are  included  in  the  weighted
average outstanding share count for the basic earnings per share calculation.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock represents shares of common stock provided to the Company in satisfaction of the related party advance described in Note 12 to the accompanying financial
statements. Shares of common stock provided are recorded at cost as treasury stock. The Company retired all of its treasury stock outstanding as of August 31, 2019 in Fiscal
2020. Any treasury stock retired is recorded as additional paid-in capital, limited to the amount previously credited to additional paid-in capital, if any. Any excess is charged to
accumulated deficit.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year’s data to conform to the current year’s presentation. Such reclassifications had no material impact on the Company’s
financial condition, operating results, cash flows or stockholders’ equity.

Revision of Financial Statements

During the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, the Company determined that it had improperly amortized capitalized
software  that  had  not  been  placed  into  service.  This  resulted  in  an  understatement  of  the  net  carrying  amount  of  capitalized  software  through  an  overstatement  of  the
amortization  expense  recorded  to  date  by  $835,000.  The  Company  assessed  the  materiality  of  the  misstatements  in  accordance  with  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.99,
Materiality,  and  No.  108, Quantifying Misstatements, and concluded that this error was not qualitatively material on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, statement of
operations, statement of cash flows, statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) or net loss for the periods then ended.

The effect of this revision on the line items within the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended August 31, 2019, was as follows:

Fixed Assets, net
Total Assets
Accumulated Deficit

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Depreciation and Amortization

Operating Loss
Net Loss

Net loss per common share – continuing operations, Basic and diluted
Weighted average number of common shares Basic and diluted

Recent Accounting Standards

As of August 31, 2019

As Previously
Reported

Adjustments

As Restated

3,320,000 
23,796,000 
44,950,000 
23,796,000 

  $
  $

  $

835,000    $
835,000    $
(835,000)    
835,000    $

4,155,000 
24,631,000 
44,115,000 
24,631,000 

For the year ended August 31, 2019

As Previously
Reported

Adjustments

As Restated

  $
839,000 
(16,201,000)   $
(18,727,000)   $
(30.09)   $

817,720 

(645,000)   $
645,000    $
645,000    $
(0.79)   $

194,000 
(15,556,000)
(18,082,000)
(29.30 )
817,720 

  $
  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),  which  outlines  a  single  comprehensive  model  for  entities  to  use  in
accounting  for  revenue  arising  from  contracts  with  customers  and  supersedes  most  current  revenue  recognition  guidance,  including  industry-specific  guidance.  The  core
principle of the revenue model is that “an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration
to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.”  The  standard  provides  enhancements  to  the  quality  and  consistency  of  how  revenue  is
reported by companies, while also improving comparability in the financial statements of companies reporting using International Financial Reporting Standards or U.S. GAAP.
The new standard also requires enhanced revenue disclosures, provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improves guidance
for  multiple-element  arrangements.  This  accounting  standard  was  initially  scheduled  to  become  effective  for  the  Company  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after
December  15,  2018,  and  interim  reporting  periods  within  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  but  has  since  been  delayed.  Early  adoption  was
permitted  for  annual  reporting  periods  (including  interim  periods)  beginning  after  December  15,  2016.  This  new  standard  permits  the  use  of  either  the  retrospective  or
cumulative  effect  transition  method.  The  Company  is  continuing  to  evaluate  the  impact  and  believes  that  the  adoption  of  Topic  606  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  its
reported financial results.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations. The purpose of this standard
is  to  clarify  the  implementation  of  guidance  on  principal  versus  agent  considerations  related  to ASU  2014-09.  The  standard  has  the  same  effective  date  as ASU  2014-09
described above.

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which provides
clarity  related  to  ASU  2014-09  regarding  identifying  performance  obligations  and  licensing  implementation.  The  standard  has  the  same  effective  date  as  ASU  2014-09
described above.

In  May  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-12: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients,  which  provides
narrow  scope  improvements  and  practical  expedients  related  to ASU  2014-09.  The  purpose  of  this  standard  is  to  clarify  certain  narrow  aspects  of ASU  2014-09,  such  as
assessing the collectability criterion, presentation of sales taxes, and other similar taxes collected from customers, noncash consideration, contract modifications at transition,
completed contracts at transition, and technical correction. The standard has the same effective date as ASU 2014-09 described above.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
 
In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20: Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this
standard affect narrow aspects of guidance issued in ASU 2014-09.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842). For entities that, as of June 2020, had not issued
financial  statements  under  Topic  606,  the  effective  date  was  extended  by  one  year  to  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019  and  interim  periods  within  annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Entities who have not issued financial statements under Topic 842, are required to adopt Topic 842 for financial statements issued
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Earlier application is permitted.

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-13, Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework  –  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value
Measurement. For all entities, amendments pursuant to ASU 2018-13 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15,
2019.  The  amendments  on  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value
measurements,  and  the  narrative  description  of  measurement  uncertainty  should  be  applied  prospectively  for  only  the  most  recent  interim  or  annual  period  presented  in  the
initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. Early adoption is permitted. An entity is
permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU No. 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The
Company has not yet adopted ASU 2018-13, and is currently evaluating the potential impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements, if any.

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-02, Leases. The new standard requires that a lessee recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for leases with terms
longer than 12 months. The recognition, measurement and presentation of lease expenses and cash flows by a lessee will depend on its classification of the lease as a finance or
operating lease. The guidance also includes new disclosure requirements providing information on the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In July 2018, the FASB
issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases. For entities that early adopted Topic 842, the amendments are effective upon issuance of ASU 2018-10,
and the transition requirements are the same as those in Topic 842. For entities that have not adopted Topic 842, the effective date and transition requirements will be the same
as  the  effective  date  and  transition  requirements  in  Topic  842.  In  June  2020,  the  FASB  voted  to  defer  the  effective  date  for  private  companies  for  one  year.  The  updated
effective  date  will  be  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2021,  and  interim  periods  within  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2022.  The  Company  is
evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance and is currently finalizing its analysis of the financial impact of the adoption. The Company expects to adopt the
guidance using the modified retrospective method. 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own
Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments
and convertible preferred stock by reducing the number of accounting models and the number of embedded conversion features that could be recognized separately from the
primary contract. The update also requires the application of the if-converted method to calculate the impact of convertible instruments on diluted earnings per share. The new
guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. This update can be adopted on either a fully retrospective or a modified retrospective basis. The Company does not expect the
adoption of ASU 2020-06 to have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3 – Discontinued Operations

On January 3, 2020, the Company executed an asset purchase agreement assigning client contracts comprising approximately 88% of its quarterly revenue through the date of
the  transaction,  including  100%  of  its  existing  professional  employer  organization  (“PEO”)  business  effective  as  of  December  31,  2019,  and  the  transfer  of  $1.5  million  of
working  capital  assets,  including  cash  balances  and  certain  operating  assets  associated  with  the  assigned  client  contracts  included  in  the  agreement,  to  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of Vensure Employer Services, Inc. (the “Vensure Asset Sale”). Gross proceeds from the Vensure Asset Sale were $19.2 million, of which $9.7 million was received
at  closing  and  $9.5  million  will  be  paid  out  in  equal  monthly  payments  over  the  next  four  years  (the “Note  Receivable”),  subject  to  adjustments  for  working  capital  and
customer retention, (as measured by a gross wage guarantee included in the governing agreement), over the twelve month period following the Vensure Asset Sale.

The following is a reconciliation of the gross proceeds to the net proceeds from the Vensure Asset Sale as presented in the statement of cash flows for the period ending August
31, 2020.

Gross proceeds
Cash received at closing – asset sale
Cash received at closing – working capital
Less:  Transaction reconciliation – working capital adjustment
Less:  Transaction reconciliation – net cash paid by Vensure on behalf of the Company
Less: Transaction reconciliation – estimate of reduction due to gross wages
Adjusted Note Receivable
Discount recorded
Long-term note receivable

$

$

19,166,000 
(9,500,000)
(166,000)
(88,000)
(2,475,000)
(1,400,000)
5,537,000 
(1,492,000)
4,045,000 

The entire note receivable is recorded as a long term note receivable as of August 31, 2020. Any adjustments to the note receivable are applied against payments in the order
they are due to be paid. As such, the estimates of the working capital and gross billings adjustments would not result in any cash payments due to the company within one year
of August 31, 2020.

The Vensure Asset Sale generated a gain of $15.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2020. The Company expects a minimal tax impact from the Asset Sale as it intends to
utilize its net operating losses accumulated since inception to offset the gain resulting from discontinued operations tax provision with a corresponding offset to the valuation
allowance.

The Vensure Asset Sale met the criteria of discontinued operations set forth in ASC 205 and as such the Company has reclassified its discontinued operations for all periods
presented and has excluded the results of its discontinued operations from continuing operations for all periods presented. The Company recorded the Note Receivable net of a
discount using a discount rate of 15% per year.

The  Vensure Asset  Sale  calls  for  adjustments  to  the  Note  Receivable  either  for:  (i)  working  capital  adjustments  or  (ii)  in  the  event  that  the  gross  wages  of  the  business
transferred is less than the required amount.

(i) Working capital adjustments: Through August 31, 2020, the Company has identified $2,563,000 of likely working capital adjustments, including $88,000 related to lower
net assets transferred at closing, and $2,475,000 of cash remitted to the Company’s bank accounts, net of cash remitted to Vensure’s bank accounts. Under the terms of the
Vensure Asset Sale, a reconciliation of the working capital was to have been completed by April 15, 2020. Due to operational difficulties and quarantined staff caused by the
outbreak of COVID-19, Vensure requested a postponement of the working capital reconciliation that was due in Fiscal 2020. The working capital adjustment recorded as of
August 31, 2020 represents the Company’s estimate of the reconciliation. There is no assurance that the working capital change identified as of August 31, 2020 represents the
final working capital adjustment.

(ii) Gross billings adjustment: Under the terms of the Vensure Asset Sale, the proceeds of the transaction are reduced if the actual gross wages of customers transferred for
calendar 2020 are less than 90% of those customers’ 2019 gross wages. The Company has prepared an estimate of the calendar year 2020 gross wages based on a combination
of factors including reports of actual transferred client billings in early 2020, actual gross wages of continuing customers of the Company, publicly available unemployment
reports for the Southern California markets and the relevant COVID-19 impacts on employment levels, and other information. Based on the information available, the Company
estimated that it would receive additional consideration below the required threshold and reduced the contingent consideration by $1.4 million. The Company expects to conduct
a full reconciliation in the first calendar quarter of 2021, after calendar 2020 wage information becomes available.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying amounts of the classes of assets and liabilities from the Vensure Asset Sale included in discontinued operations were as follows:

Cash
Accounts receivable and unbilled account receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deposits – workers’ compensation

Total current assets

Fixed assets, net
Deposits – workers’ compensation

Total assets

Accounts payable and other current liabilities
Payroll related liabilities
Accrued workers’ compensation cost

Total current liabilities

Accrued workers’ compensation cost

Total liabilities

Net liability

  August 31, 2020     August 31, 2019  
- 
-    $
  $
8,246,000 
-     
171,000 
-     
1,722,000 
1,030,000     
10,139,000 
1,030,000     
40,000 
-     
5,527,000 
2,581,000     
15,706,000 
3,611,000    $

  $

  $

-    $
-     
1,745,000     
1,745,000     
4,377,000     
6,122,000     

458,000 
13,853,000 
1,722,000 
16,033,000 
3,853,000 
19,886,000 

  $

(2,511,000)   $

(4,180,000)

Reported results for the discontinued operations by period were as follows:

Revenues (gross billings of $120.7 million and $279.3 million less WSE payroll cost of $103.0 million
and $236.3 million, respectively for Year ended)
Cost of revenue
Gross profit

  $

17,633,000    $
16,899,000     
733,000     

42,986,000 
32,509,000 
10,477,000 

Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Commissions

Total operating expenses

553,000     
741,000     
1,294,000     

1,418,000 
2,531,000 
3,949,000 

 For the Year Ended

August 31,
2020

August 31,
2019

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

  $

(561,000)   $

6,528,000 

During the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company utilized fully reserved net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $24,304,000 to offset income from
discontinuing operations as follows:

Provision for income tax expense

Federal tax expense
State tax expense

Total tax expense

         Tax benefit for utilization of tax loss carryforwards
Provision for income tax expense from discontinued operations

Note 4: Liquidity

For the Year Ended
August 31 ,

2020

2019

$

$

3,436,000 
1,565,000 
5,001,000 
(5,001,000)  

- 

$

$

1,260,000 
540,000 
1,800,000 
(1,800,000)
- 

As  of August  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  cash  of  $4.3  million  and  a  working  capital  deficit  of  $2.8  million.  Subsequent  to  the  end  of  Fiscal  2020,  in  October  2020,  the
Company closed an additional equity financing for $12 million, or $10.7 million net of fees. During Fiscal 2020, the Company used approximately $15.5 million of cash from
its  continuing  operations  and  repaid  $1.2  million  of  convertible  notes,  after  receiving  $9.7  million  of  cash  from  the  Vensure  Asset  Sale  described  above  and  closed  an
underwritten public offering that yielded $11.5 million in proceeds, net of offering costs. The Company has incurred recurring losses, resulting in an accumulated deficit of
$119.5 million as of August 31, 2020. The recurring losses and cash used in operations are indicators of substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as going
concern for at least one year from issuance of these financial statements. The Company’s plans to alleviate substantial doubt are discussed below.

Historically,  the  Company’s  principal  source  of  financing  has  come  through  the  sale  of  its  common  stock  and  issuance  of  convertible  notes.  In  March  2019,  the  Company
completed a private placement of senior secured notes to certain institutional investors, raising $3.75 million ($3.3 million net of costs). Between September 1, 2019 and May
22, 2020, all convertible notes outstanding as of August 31, 2019 were repaid or converted into equity. On May 26, 2020, the Company successfully completed an underwritten
public offering, raising a total of $12 million ($10.3 million net of costs), and closed an additional $1.35 million ($1.24 million net of costs) between June 1, 2020 and July 7,
2020 pursuant to the underwriter’s overallotment. In October 2020, the Company closed an additional $12 million equity offering ($10.7 million net of costs). The Company’s
plans and expectations for the next 12 months include raising additional capital to help fund expansion of its operations, including the continued development and support of its
IT and HR platform. The Company has engaged an investment banking firm to assist in (i) preparing information materials, (ii) providing advice concerning the structure, price
and conditions associated with a capital raise, and (iii) organizing marketing efforts in connection with a financing transaction.

In January 2020, the Company closed the Vensure Asset Sale, pursuant to which it assigned approximately 88% of its customer contracts in exchange for $9.7 million in cash at
closing  and  received  an  additional  $2.5  million  of  cash  payments  made  on  behalf  of  the  Company,  net  of  $0.9  million  of  cash  paid  on  behalf  of  Vensure.  Pursuant  to  this
transaction, the Company expects to receive an additional $5.6 million over the next four years, subject to certain closing conditions. The Company transferred $1.6 million of
working capital, including $0.9 million of cash, in connection with the Vensure Asset Sale.

During Fiscal 2020, the Company instituted certain cost reductions, has reduced its anticipated monthly cash needs by approximately $1 million, and continues to experience
significant growth in  the  number  of  WSEs,  which  it  expects  to  generate  additional  administrative  fees.  The  reduction  in  the  Company’s  monthly  cash  needs  along  with  the
anticipated  additional  administrative  fees  earned  should  mitigate  its  current  level  of  operational  cash  burn.    The  Company  retained  its  high  growth  business  as  part  of  the
Vensure Asset Sale, which has accounted for billings and revenue growth for the customers that existed as of January 1, 2020 and who were not transferred to Vensure. The
Company  also  retained  the  rights  to  monetize  its  existing  pool  of  WSEs,  including  WSEs  transferred  to  Vensure,  and  has  begun  to  roll  out  its  delivery  and  scheduling

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
applications to its customers.

The Company has been and expects to continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, from which it has experienced both  positive  and  negative  impacts.  Its  current
business  focus  is  providing  payroll  services  for  the  restaurant  and  hospitality  industries,  which  have  seen  a  reduction  in  payroll  and  consequently  a  reduction  in  payroll
processing  fees  on  a  per  WSE  and  per  location  basis.  However,  the  Company  believes  that  it  provides  the  means  for  current  and  potential  clients  to  adapt  to  many  of  the
obstacles posed by COVID-19 by providing additional services such as delivery, which have facilitated an increase by the Company in its client and client location counts,
resulting in recovery of billings lost during the first months of the pandemic. Beginning in June 2020, the Company’s billings per WSE and per location improved as lockdowns
in its primary Southern California market were lifted. In November 2020, the State of California re-implemented lockdowns. The Company believes that many of its clients
have  modified  their  businesses  after  the  initial  lockdowns  to  adapt  somewhat  to  these  adverse  circumstances.  Nevertheless,  if  additional  lockdowns  persist,  the  Company’s
clients delay hiring or rehiring employees, or if its clients shut down operations, the Company’s ability to generate operational cash flows may be significantly impaired.

The  Company  also  signed  a  new  client  in  July  2020  representing  a  significant  revenue  opportunity.  This  client  provides  outsourced  nurses  that  are  paid  gross  wages  in  an
amount approximately three times what the Company’s typical food WSEs receive, with the Company receiving the same admin fee rates per wage dollar paid. We believe that
this client will generate a significant amount of new business for the Company, as the need for nurses increases to administer COVID-19 testing and vaccination services.

The Company’s management believes that the Company’s current cash position, along with its anticipated revenue growth, expense reduction, no funded debt outstanding and
anticipated  financing  from  potential  institutional  investors,  will  be  sufficient  to  alleviate  substantial  doubt  and  fund  its  operations  for  at  least  a  year  from  the  date  these
financials are available. If these sources do not provide the capital necessary to fund the Company’s operations during the next twelve months, the Company may need to curtail
certain aspects of its operations or expansion activities, consider the sale of additional assets, or consider other means of financing. The Company can give no assurance that it
will be successful in implementing its business plan and obtaining financing on terms advantageous to the Company, or that any such additional financing will be available.
These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments for this uncertainty.

Note 5: Accounts Receivable

Accounts  receivables,  which  represent  outstanding  gross  billings  to  clients,  are  reported  net  of  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  The  Company  establishes  an  allowance  for
doubtful  accounts  based  on  management’s  assessment  of  the  collectability  of  specific  accounts  and  by  making  a  general  provision,  based  on  its  past  experiences,  for  other
potentially uncollectible amounts. The provision for doubtful accounts during the fiscal years ending August 31, 2020 and 2019 was not material.

The Company makes an accrual at the end of each accounting period for the obligations associated with the earned but unpaid wages of its WSEs and for the accrued gross
billings associated with such wages. These accruals are included in unbilled accounts receivable. The Company generally requires clients to pay invoices for service fees no
later than 1 day prior to the applicable payroll date. As such the Company generally does not require collateral.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 6: Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consisted of the following at August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Equipment
Furniture & fixtures
Software, net of impairment
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation & amortization
Fixed assets, net

August 31,
2020

August 31,
2019

  $

  $

576,000    $
348,000     
-     
41,000     
965,000     
(390,000)    
575,000    $

341,000 
348,000 
3,737,000 
41,000 
4,467,000 
(312,000)
4,155,000 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, was $272,000 and $194,000, respectively.

Software  consists  primarily  of  customized  software  purchased  from  third  party  providers,  which  is  incorporated  into  the  Company’s  HRIS  platform  and  related  mobile
application.

Information related to capitalized software costs is as follows:

Software costs capitalized
Software costs impaired
Software costs, Net

August 31,
2020

August 31,
2019

  $

  $

3,737,000    $
(3,737,000)    
-    $

3,737,000 
- 
3,737,000 

The  Company  has  evaluated  certain  development  costs  of  its  software  solution  in  accordance  with ASC  Topic  350-40,  Internal  Use  Software,  which  outlines  the  stages  of
computer software development and specifies when capitalization of costs is required. Projects that are determined to be in the development stage are capitalized and amortized
over their useful lives of five years. Projects that are determined to be within the preliminary stage are expensed as incurred. For the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, no
internally developed software was capitalized. A substantial portion of the capitalized software is attributable to a third party with whom the Company is in litigation. During
Fiscal 2020, the Company evaluated its capital software costs in the context of the procedural status and progress of the Kadima litigation. Based on this evaluation, and the
Company’s estimate of the timeline for the resolution of this matter, the Company determined the capital software costs related to certain of the applications not in use became
impaired.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Note 7: Workers’ Compensation

The Company had two workers’ compensation programs in effect during the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019. The Everest program covered corporate employees and
WSEs  from  July  1,  2017  until  June  30,  2018  and  the  SUNZ  program  has  covered  corporate  employees  and  WSEs  since  July  1,  2018.  The  following  table  summarizes  the
workers’ compensation deposit from continuing operations for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2018
Premiums paid
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Deposit refund
Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2019
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2020
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2020

Everest
Program

SUNZ

 Program    

Total

336,000     
(32,000)    
-     
(33,000)    
(271,000)    
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

523,000    $
-     
1,714,000     
(410,000)    
-     
1,827,000    $
601,000     
(1,399,000)    
1,029,000     
(293,000)    
736,000    $

859,000 
(32,000)
1,714,000 
(443,000)
(271,000)
1,827,000 
601,000 
(1,399,000)
1,029,000 
(293,000)
736,000 

  $

  $

  $

The following table summarizes the workers’ compensation deposit from discontinued operations for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2018
Premiums paid
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Deposit refund
Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2019
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2020
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2020

Everest
Program

SUNZ

 Program    

Total

1,180,000     
(112,000)    
-     
(116,000)    
(952,000)    
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

1,835,000    $
-     
6,016,000     
(1,440,000)    
-     
6,411,000    $
2,107,000     
(4,907,000)    
3,611,000     
(1,030,000)    
2,581,000    $

3,015,000 
(112,000)
6,016,000 
(1,556,000)
(952,000)
6,411,000 
2,107,000 
(4,907,000)
3,611,000 
(1,030,000)
2,581,000 

  $

  $

  $

The following table summarizes the accrued workers’ compensation liability from continuing operations for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2018
Claim loss development
Paid in losses
Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2019
Claim loss development
Paid in losses
Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2020
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2020

Everest
Program

SUNZ

Program    

Total

127,000     
-     
(33,000)    
94,000     
110,000     
-     
204,000     
(78,000)    
126,000     

141,000    $
1,581,000     
(410,000)    
1,312,000    $
1,628,000     
(1,399,000)    
1,541,000     
(420,000)    
1,121,000    $

268,000 
1,581,000 
(443,000)
1,406,000 
1,738,000 
(1,399,000)
1,745,000 
(498,000)
1,247,000 

  $

  $

  $

The following table summarizes the accrued workers’ compensation liability from discontinued operations for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2018
Claim loss development
Paid in losses
Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2019
Claim loss development
Paid in losses
Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2020
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2020

Note 8: Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities

Accrued payroll liabilities consisted of the following at August 31, 2020 and 2019:

Accrued Payroll
Accrued Payroll Taxes
Corporate employee accrued paid time off
Accrued Payroll and related liabilities

Everest
Program

SUNZ

Program    

Total

445,000     
-     
(116,000)    
329,000     
388,000     
-     
717,000     
(272,000)    
445,000     

493,000    $
5,548,000     
(1,440,000)    
4,601,000    $
5,711,000     
(4,907,000)    
5,405,000     
(1,473,000)    
3,932,000    $

938,000 
5,548,000 
(1,556,000)
4,930,000 
6,099,000 
(4,907,000)
6,122,000 
(1,745,000)
4,377,000 

  $

  $

  $

August 31,
2020

August 31,
2019

  $

  $

1,970,000    $
3,324,000     
457,000     
5,752,000    $

1,212,000 
984,000 
363,000 
2,559,000 

Accrued payroll and accrued payroll taxes represent payroll liabilities associated with the Company’s client WSEs as well as corporate employees of the Company.

Note 9: Senior Convertible Notes Payable

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
The Company has issued four series of senior secured convertible notes payable (collectively, the “Senior Convertible Notes”). In general, each series is convertible into shares
of common stock. At August 31, 2019, the Company had $6.8 million of the Senior Convertible Notes in default. During the year ended August 31, 2020, the Company entered
into  a  series  of  note  amendments,  exchanges,  and  settlements  resulting  in  the  resolution  of  the  default  conditions  and  subsequent  repayment  or  conversion  of  all  Senior
Convertible Notes. The Senior Convertible Notes Payable consist of the following:

Senior Convertible Notes, Principal
Less: debt discount and deferred financing costs
Total outstanding convertible notes, net
Less: current portion of convertible notes payable
Long-term convertible notes payable

August 31, 2020

  $

  $

  $

    August 31, 2019 
6,808,000 
-    $
(3,457,000)
-     
3,351,000 
-    $
(3,351,000)
-     
- 
-    $

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had been declared in default of its Senior Convertible Notes for not honoring conversion notices in June 2019. Three of the Company’s
five  institutional  investors  had  filed  litigation  and  the  Senior  Convertible  Notes  were  considered  to  be  in  default  as  of August  31,  2019.  See  also  Note  15  for  additional
information on the litigation related to the Senior Convertible Notes.

During  the  year  ended August  31,  2020,  the  Company  resolved  all  litigation  related  to  its  outstanding  notes  and  all  of  the  Senior  Convertible  Notes  were  repaid  in  cash  or
converted into common stock.  On August 31, 2019, the Company had gross principal of $6,808,000 outstanding, representing:

F-20

 
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
·

·

·

June 2018 Senior Convertible Notes due September 6, 2019 with a principal balance of $1,466,000 (the “June 2018 Notes”). The June 2018 Notes were converted or
repaid in cash in January 2020 as described in the activity below.

Senior Convertible Notes due December 31, 2019 with a principal balance of $867,000 (the “December 2018 Notes”). The December 2018 Notes were either exchanged
for December 2019 Exchange Notes and subsequently converted into common shares, converted into common shares in January 2020 or repaid in cash in January 2020
as described in the activity below.

Senior Convertible Notes due September 12, 2020 with a principal balance of $4,475,000 (the “March 2019 Notes”). The March 2019 Notes were either exchanged for
December 2019 Exchange Notes (as defined below), converted or repaid in cash in January 2020 or exchanged for amended notes in March 2020 which were converted
in the quarter ended August 31, 2020.

On December 6, 2019, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with the holder of $2,445,000 of its March 2019 Notes and $222,000 of its December 2018 Notes for
new senior convertible notes (the “December 2019 Exchange Notes”). The December 2019 Exchange Notes and the related warrant and note conversion agreement revised the
conversion price of the holder’s December 2018 Notes and March 2019 Notes to $40.00 per share, extended the term of the notes to March 1, 2022, provided for a revised
quarterly  amortization  schedule  beginning April  1,  2020  of  12.5%  of  the  principal  balance  as  of  January  31,  2020  payable  in  cash,  and  removed  certain  anti-dilution  terms
included in certain warrants issued in March 2019 (the “March 2019 Warrants”). The Company agreed to issue an additional $200,000 of consideration to the holder, payable in
common stock, as consideration for this exchange and agreed to increase the principal outstanding on the notes exchanged by 10% from $222,000 for the December 2018 Notes
to $244,000, and from $2,445,000 for the March 2019 Notes to $2,690,000, for a combined revised principal balance of $2,934,000. On December 11, 2019, the Company
issued 21,750 shares of common stock to the holder in satisfaction of the additional $200,000 of consideration. The Company provided for up to 10% of the revised combined
principal of $2,934,000 to be converted at a reduced price of $12.20 per share until January 31, 2020. In January 2020, the investor converted $293,000 in notes into 24,049
shares  of  common  stock.  The  Company  evaluated  the  exchange  under ASC  470  and  determined  that  the  exchange  should  be  treated  as  a  debt  modification.  The  Company
recorded an additional note discount of $467,000 representing the combined additional shares issued, valued at $200,000 and the additional $267,000 in notes issued in the
exchange.

December 2019 Exchange

The terms of the December 2019 Exchange Notes are summarized as follows:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Term: April 1, 2022;

Coupon: 0%;

Default interest rate: 18%;

10% of the revised note balance may be converted at $12.20 per share until January 31, 2020;

Remainder Convertible at the option of the holder at any time at a price of $40 per share but subject to down round price protection; 

Amortization payment of 12.5% of January 31, 2020 principal balance payable in cash;

Alternate conversion  percentage  is  75%  if  the  alternate  conversion  is  an  alternate  conversion  event  of  default  as  a  result  of  bankruptcy or  default  related  to  missed
amortization payment, subject to a floor conversion price of $1.84 per share, 80% for all alternate event of default conversion, or 85% if such alternate conversion is an
alternate optional conversion;

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

Redemption at the option of the Company at 15% premium at any time.

In January 2020, one investor received a legal judgement for $500,000 plus default interest of $52,000. The judgment was paid in cash in January 2020, which included the
repayment of $310,000 principal of the March 2019 Notes. Upon payment of the legal judgment, the litigation was resolved with this investor.

In January 2020, the Company settled all legal claims with two investors by entering into settlement agreements and by payment of $2,047,000 in cash and the issuance of
103,593 shares of common stock. The settlements resulted in the elimination of combined default penalties, default interest, and $2,194,000 of principal of the June 2018 Notes,
the December 2018 Notes, and the March 2019 Notes.

In January 2020, the Company reduced the conversion price of the remaining June 2018 Notes and the December 2018 Notes payable to $12.20, and $500,000 of the June 2018
Notes and the December 2018 Notes were converted into 41,004 shares of common stock. An additional 4,207 shares of common stock were issued in settlement of default
interest of $51,000.

In January 2020, one investor converted $130,000 of the March 2019 Note principal and $28,000 of accrued default interest at $12.20 per share into 12,915 shares of common
stock, and one investor converted $293,000 of the December 2019 Exchange Notes into 24,049 shares at a conversion price of $12.20 per share.

As a result of these settlements and conversions, the Company recorded $567,000 of additional expense for debt conversion inducement representing the value of the shares
issued at market and the $12.20 per share conversion price on the date of issuance.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  had  previously  recorded  $1,800,000  of  accrued  interest  and  penalties  as  of August  31,  2019. As  a  result  of  the  settlements  and  resolution  of  litigation,  the
Company recorded a gain of $760,000 for the year ended August 31, 2020.

March 2020 Warrant and Note Exchanges and Note Conversions

Between March 1, 2020 and March 22, 2020, the conversion terms of the December 2019 Exchange Notes and March 2019 Notes were modified at the mutual agreement of the
investors and the Company to temporarily change the conversion price to a fixed conversion price of $9.20 per share. Three investors converted $1,047,000 of the Company’s
Convertible Notes and $25,000 of accrued default interest into 135,508 shares of common stock at a conversion price of $9.20 per share. The Company recorded an additional
loss on note conversion of $413,000 representing the pro rata portion of the unamortized note discount and deferred financing fees.

On March 23, 2020, the Company entered into the following Amendment and Exchange Agreements (the “Amendment and Exchange Agreements”) with certain institutional
investors, pursuant to which the Company amended and restated certain existing March 2019 Notes, which included the capitalization of $59,000 of accrued default interest (the
“Amended and Restated Notes”) and issued (i) convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of $167,000 convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of
$9.20 per share of common stock (the “Exchange Notes”), (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 162,950 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.17 per share of
common stock (the “Exchange Warrants”) and (iii) an aggregate of 82,654 shares of common stock, as described below:

·

·

On  March  23,  2020, the  Company  entered  into  an Amendment  and  Exchange Agreement  with Alpha  Capital Anstalt  (“Alpha”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  (a)
issued to Alpha an Amended and Restated Note in an aggregate principal amount of $723,000, which included  the capitalization of $51,000 of accrued default interest,
and (b) in exchange for outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Alpha, issued to Alpha (i) 66,123 shares of common stock, (ii) a March 2020
Exchange Warrant to purchase 130,360 shares of common stock, and (iii) a March 2020 Exchange Note in an aggregate principal amount of $145,000.

On March 23, 2020, the Company entered into an Amendment and Exchange Agreement with Osher Capital Partners LLC (“Osher”) pursuant to which the Company (a)
issued to Osher an Amended and Restated Note in an aggregate principal amount of $108,000, which included the capitalization of $8,000 of accrued default interest,
and (b) in exchange for outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Osher, issued to Osher (i) 16,531 shares of common stock, (ii) a March 2020
Exchange Warrant to purchase 32,590 shares of common stock, and (iii) a March 2020 Exchange Note in an aggregate principal amount of $22,000.

On March 24, 2020, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement” and, together with the Amendment and Exchange Agreements, the  “March
2020 Agreements”)  with  CVI  Investments,  Inc.  (“CVI”)  pursuant  to  which  CVI  exchanged  its  outstanding  senior  convertible  note  due  2022  for  (i)  a  warrant  to  purchase
260,719 shares of common stock (the “CVI Exchange Warrant” and, together with the Exchange Warrants the “March 2020 Exchange Warrants”) and (b) a senior convertible
note in an aggregate principal amount of $1,829,000 convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $9.20 per share (the “CVI Exchange Note”, and together
with the Exchange Notes, the “March 2020 Exchange Notes”).

The  Company  evaluated  the  March  2020 Agreements  as  an  exchange  under ASC  470  and  determined  that  the  exchanges  should  be  treated  as  debt  extinguishments  and
reissuances. The Company accelerated the remaining unamortized discount and deferred financing fees as of the date of the exchange and recorded the fair value of the shares
issued in exchange for the warrants cancelled as a loss on exchange of $1,592,000. The Company valued the revised conversion features of the Amended and Restated Notes, the
March 2020 Exchange Notes and the March 2020 Exchange Warrants using the binomial method and recorded a discount of $2,825,000 on the exchange dates. The Company
used the following assumptions to value the conversion features and March 2020 Exchange Warrants:

Risk free rate
Market price per share
Life of instrument in years
Volatility
Dividend yield

March 2020
Conversion
Feature
(unaudited)

March 2020
Exchange
 Warrants
(unaudited)

  $

0.08-0.17%    
6.63-6.68 
  $
0.47-1.15 
117-139%    
0%    

0.038%

6.63- 6.68 
5.5 
117%
0%

Between March 24, 2020 and May 18, 2020 CVI converted $1,829,000 of its senior convertible notes into 198,756 shares of common stock, Alpha converted $868,000 of its
senior  convertible  notes  into  94,298  shares  of  common  stock,  and  Osher  converted  $130,000  of  its  senior  convertible  notes  into  14,023  shares  of  common  stock.  These
conversions  resulted  in  full  acceleration  of  all  unamortized  debt  discount  to  expense  of  $2,419,000,  recorded  as  other  expense  in  the  statement  of  operations  as  loss  on
conversion.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Certain conversions during Fiscal 2020 resulted in shares issued below the closing market price on the date of conversion. The Company recorded $57,000 of additional loss on
conversion to the statement of operations for the year ended August 31, 2020, representing the difference in fair value between the closing share price and the conversion price
on the date of issuance.

The following table rolls forward the Senior Convertible Notes balances and related deferred financing costs and note discount balances from August 31, 2019 to August 31,
2020:

Gross
Principal

Deferred
Financing
Costs

Note 
Discount

Balance at August 31, 2019
Repayments in cash
Conversions to common stock
Notes issued – December 2019 exchange
Additional note discount issued – December 2019 exchange
Acceleration of discount and deferred financing cost - extinguishment
Additional notes issued – March 2020 exchange
Interest capitalized – March 2020 exchange
Additional note discount issued – March 2020 exchange
Amortization of interest expense
Balance at August 31, 2020

  $

  $

  $

6,808,000 
(1,240,000)  
(6,060,000)  
267,000 
- 
- 
166,000 
59,000 
- 
- 
- 

  $

(344,000)   $
-     
89,000     
-     
-     
88,000     
-     
-     
-     
167,000     
-    $

(3,113,000)   $
-     
3,402,000     
-     
(467,000)    
960,000     
-     
-     
(2,825,000)    
2,043,000     
-    $

Net

3,351,000 
(1,240,000)
(2,569,000)
267,000 
(467,000)
1,048,000 
166,000 
59,000 
(2,825,000)
2,210,000 
- 

During the year ended August 31, 2020, the Company amortized $2,210,000, and for the year ended August 31, 2019, the Company amortized $1,433,000, to interest expense
from the combined amortization of deferred financing costs and note discounts recorded at issuance for the June 2018 Notes, the March 2019 Notes, March 2019 Exchange
Notes, and the December 2019 Exchange Notes (as defined above).

Note 10: Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

As previously disclosed by the Company, in September 2016, the founding shareholders of the Company were granted options to acquire preferred stock of the Company (the
“Preferred  Options”).  The  number  of  Preferred  Options  granted  was  based  upon  the  number  of  shares  held  at  that  time.    These  Preferred  Options  are  nontransferable  and
forfeited  upon  the  sale  of  the  related  founding  shares  of  common  stock.    Upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  specified  events,  such  founding  shareholders  could  exercise  each
Preferred Option to purchase one share of preferred stock of the Company at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The preferred stock underlying the Preferred Options does
not  include  any  rights  to  dividends  or  preference  upon  liquidation  of  the  Company  and  is  convertible  into  shares  of  common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis  pursuant  to  the
Restated Articles of Incorporation. The Preferred Options became exercisable to purchase shares of preferred stock upon the Vensure Asset Sale in January 2020, as discussed
above. On March 25, 2020, the Company recorded an expense related to the Preferred Options in “other expense” of $62.1 million, representing the Black-Scholes value of
24,634,560 options exercisable and exchangeable into an equal number of shares of common stock.

The Company initially evaluated the Preferred Options using the Level 1 market price on the March 25, 2020 date and concluded that the market price on that date represented
an  illiquid  market  price  and  therefore  was  not  a  reliable  valuation  metric.  The  Company  then  evaluated  the  Preferred  options  on  the  March  25,  2020  date  and  valued  the
Preferred Options using Level 2 inputs of an estimated market price based on the cash per share received from the May 2020 Public Offering, as adjusted for the fair value of the
warrants  issued  in  conjunction  with  the  May  2020  offering.  The  resulting  allocated  common  share  price  was  then  discounted  for  a  lack  of  marketability  due  to  the  lock-up
provisions of the shares issuable to arrive at a Preferred Option fair value of $2.52 per option. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the
Preferred Options:

Option life of 3.77 years, Risk free rate of 0.47%, volatility of 134%, exercise price of $0.0001 per share and a fair value of $3.62 per common share.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  June  4,  2020,  Scott  Absher,  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer,  exercised  12,500,000  Preferred  Options  for  12,500,000  shares  of  preferred  stock.  Immediately
thereafter, Mr. Absher converted all 12,500,000 shares of preferred stock into 12,500,000 shares of common stock. These shares of common stock are subject to a two-year
lockup from the date of the conversion. Between June 4, 2020 and August 31, 2020, an additional 294,490 Preferred Options were exercised and exchanged for a like number
of common shares. As of the date of this filing, 11,840,070 Preferred Options remain outstanding and exercisable. The right to exercise the options terminates on December 31,
2023. As stated above, the amount of the Preferred Options, and the number of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such options, is based upon the number of
shares of common stock held by such founding shareholders at the time such options were issued. Accordingly, in order to confirm the original intent of the granting of up to
50,000,000 of such options to two of our founding shareholders, Mr. Absher and Stephen Holmes, at some point in the future the Company intends to adopt a second grant of
options, exercisable upon the occurrence of certain specified events, granting an additional 12,500,000 options to each of Messrs. Absher and Holmes, whereby each option
permits the holder to acquire one share of preferred stock of the Company for $0.0001 per share.  Each share of preferred stock will be convertible into common stock on a one-
for-one basis.

May 2020 Public Offering

On May 20, 2020, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement (the “May Underwriting Agreement”) with A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (“A.G.P.”), in connection
with a public offering (the “May 2020 Offering”) of an aggregate of (i) 1,898,850 shares of the Company’s common stock, (ii) pre-funded warrants to purchase 323,310 shares
of  common  stock  (the  “Pre-Funded  Warrants”)  and  (iii)  warrants  to  purchase  1,277,580  shares  of  common  stock  (the  “May  2020  Common  Warrants”),  which  included  the
partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 166,500 additional Common Warrants.

Each share of common stock and Pre-Funded Warrant sold in the May 2020 Offering was sold together with a May 2020 Common Warrant as a fixed combination, with each
share of common stock and Pre-Funded Warrant sold being accompanied by a May 2020 Common Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock. Each share of common
stock and accompanying May 2020 Common Warrant was sold at a price to the public of $5.40, and each Pre-Funded Warrant and accompanying May 2020 Common Warrant
was sold at a price to the public of $5.399. The May 2020 Common Warrants were immediately exercisable and will expire on May 26, 2025 and have an exercise price of
$5.40 per share, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments for certain stock splits, stock dividends, or recapitalizations.

The May 2020 Offering closed on May 26, 2020 for gross proceeds of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $1.7 million of costs consisting of underwriting discounts
and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, which includes a partial exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional May 2020
Common  Warrants. All  Pre-Funded  Warrants  issued  or  issuable  were  exercised  on  the  closing  date  of  May  26,  2020.  Pursuant  to  the  May  Underwriting Agreement,  the
Company, upon closing of the May 2020 Offering, issued to A.G.P. warrants to purchase up to 111,108 shares of common stock (the “May Underwriter Warrants”), which is
5.0% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants sold in the May 2020 Offering. The May Underwriter Warrants
are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from six months after the closing date and ending five years from the closing date, at a price
per share equal to $5.94, which is 110% of the public offering price per share.

On June 11, 2020 the Company closed an over-allotment option from the May 2020 Offering for additional gross proceeds of approximately $0.9 million, prior to deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, representing the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 166,500
shares of common stock at $5.40 per share.

On July 7, 2020, the Company closed an over-allotment option from the May 2020 Offering for additional gross proceeds of approximately $0.45 million, prior to deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, representing the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 83,840
shares of common stock at $5.40 per share.

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock and Warrants

On December 17, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 40 reverse stock split. All common stock and common stock equivalents are presented retroactively to reflect the reverse
split.

During the year ended August 31, 2020, the Company issued the following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

12,794,220 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of Preferred Options as described above.

2,472,500 shares of common stock pursuant to the May 2020 Offering at $5.40 per share, as described above.

628,353 shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of $6,060,000 of June 2018 Notes, December 2018 Notes, March 2019 Notes, and December 2019
Exchange Notes payable and $178,000 of related default interest payable.

82,653  shares  of common  stock  valued  at  $552,000  to  two  senior  convertible  note  holders  as  an  inducement  to  eliminate  the  March  2019  Warrants  and  as  partial
consideration to amend the senior notes to a fixed conversion price.

21,750  shares  of common  stock  valued  at  $200,000  as  an  inducement  to  exchange  $2.7  million  of  March  2019  Notes  for  $2.9  million  of  December 2019  Exchange
Notes.

6,275 shares of common stock for a warrant exercise for cash proceeds of $33,000.

856 shares of common stock to two directors for services rendered valued at $75,000.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2019
Issued
(Cancelled)
(Exercised)
Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2020
Warrants exercisable, August 31, 2020

Number
of
shares

107,409 
1,840,773 

(45,698)    
(6,275)    

1,896,209 
1,472,540 

Weighted
average
remaining
life
(years)

Weighted
average
exercise
price

4.3    $
5.1     
4.3     
3.6     
4.8    $
4.7    $

83.21 
7.03 
78.13 
5.29 
8.42 
7.91 

The warrant reconciliation table above excludes 323,310 Pre-Funded warrants that were originally subscribed to be issued in conjunction with the underwritten offering closing
on May 26, 2020. The Pre-Funded warrants were to be sold at $5.399 per share and exercisable at $0.001 per share but were all exercised and fully paid prior to the May 26,
2020 closing. The 323,310 shares are included in the 2,222,160 common share count reported above for the underwritten public offering.

The following tables summarize the Company’s warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2020:

May 2020 Common Warrants
May 2020 Underwriter Warrants
March 2020 Exchange Warrants (1)
Amended March 2019 Warrants (2)
March 2019 Services Warrants
June 2018 Warrants
June 2018 Services Warrants
2017 PIPE Warrants

Weighted average
 Life of
Outstanding
Warrants
in years

Exercise
price

Warrants
Outstanding

1,277,580     
111,108     
423,669     
66,288     
3,366     
6,276     
5,422     
2,500     
1,896,209     

4.7    $
4.7     
5.1     
3.5     
3.5     
3.3     
3.3     
1.8     
4.8    $

5.40 
5.40 
10.17 
40.00 
70.00 
40.00 
99.60 
276.00 
7.91 

(1) Warrants were issued in conjunction with the March 2020 Agreements as described in Note 9 above.  Warrants are not exercisable until September 23, 2020.

(2) Warrants include 13,015 March 2019 Warrants that were amended in December 2019 to modify the exercise price to a fixed exercise price of $40.00  per share from $70

per share and an additional 53,273 warrants issued during the December 2019 Note exchange.

All warrants outstanding and exercise prices have been adjusted to reflect the 1 for 40 reverse split.

Note 11: Stock Based Compensation

Employee Stock Option Plan Increase

On July 1, 2020, the board of directors unanimously approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Company’s 2017 Stock Option/Stock
Issuance  Plan  from  250,000  to  3,000,000,  subject  to  approval  by  a  majority  of  the  Company’s  shareholders  no  later  than  the  next  regularly  scheduled  annual  shareholders
meeting. Also on July 1, 2020, the board approved the award, primarily to current employees, and subject to shareholder approval no later than the next regularly scheduled
annual meeting, of grants of options to purchase 1,235,159 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.40 per share, which was the closing price of the
Company’s common stock as reported by Nasdaq at the close of trading on the day of the board’s action. Of the options awarded, 995,000 are designated as “incentive stock
options” (“ISO”), and 280,159 are designated as “non-qualifying” (“NQ”) or “non-statutory” options under the Internal Revenue Code. These options have a 10-year life, and
will vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on July 1, 2021, and the remainder vesting ratably on a quarterly basis over the following three years. During the three
months ended August 31, 2020 an additional 270,937 ISOs were granted at prices between $3.44 and $5.40, the closing price on the date of grant and 148,959 of the options
granted between July 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020 were cancelled. The remaining 1,357,137 options are reported as non-exercisable in the table below.

The  Company  recognized  approximately  $1,300,000  and  $369,000  of  compensation  expense  for  the  years  ended August  31,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively.  During  the  year
ended August  31,  2020,  the  Company  fully  vested  all  options  granted  to  personnel  who  were  terminated  as  a  result  of  the  Vensure Asset  Sale,  as  described  above,  which
resulted in the acceleration of 9,737 options and $483,000 of stock-based compensation recorded in “stock-based compensation – general and administrative.”

At August 31, 2020, the total unrecognized deferred share-based compensation expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting periods of 1.8 years for
outstanding grants was $5.7 million.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of option activity is as follows:

Balance, August 31, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance, August 31, 2019
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at August 31, 2020

Options Outstanding and Exercisable

Number
of
Options

    Weighted
Average
Remaining
    Contractual

Life
(In years)

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

33,719     
36,073     
–     
(19,043)    
50,749     
1,506,096     
–     
(158,105)    
1,398,740     

9.77    $
10.0    $
–    $
8.06    $
9.0    $
10.0    $
–    $
9.6    $
9.51    $

138.00 
43.60 
– 
111.20 
95.20 
5.30 
– 
56.08 
8.18 

Options outstanding as of August 31, 2020 and 2019 had aggregate intrinsic value of $22,000 and $575,000, respectively.

At August 31, 2020, the total unrecognized deferred share-based compensation expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting periods of 3.7 years for
outstanding grants was $6.0 million.

Option vesting activity was as follows:

Options Vested

Balance, August 31, 2018
Vested
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance, August 31, 2019
Vested
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at August 31, 2020

Number
of
Options

    Weighted
Remaining
    Contractual

Life
(In years)

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

4,513     
7,410     
–     
(1,632)    
10.291     
19,414     
–     
(1,295)    
28,410     

8.6    $
8.6    $
–    $
8.1    $
8.0    $
8.1    $
–    $
6.4    $
7.2    $

182.40 
137.20 
– 
164.40 
152.80 
89.06 
– 
140.09 
115.10 

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and vested at August 31, 2020:

Options Outstanding

Options Vested

Exercise Prices

$3.44-10.00
$10.01-$40.00
$40.01–$80.00
$80.01–$120.00
$120.01–$160.00
$160.01-$391.60

    Weighted    
    Average     Weighted    

Number

    Weighted     Weighted  
    Number     Remaining     Average     Number     Remaining     Average  
    Contractual    Exercise  

  of Options not     of Options     Contractual    Exercise    
  Exercisable     Exercisable    

Price

of
    Options    

Life

Life

Price

(In years)    

(In years)    

1,357,137     
-     
-     
-     

-     
1,357,137     

-     
3,917     
13,509     
10,427     
12,625     
1,124     
41,603     

9.9    $
8.8     
8.6     
7.7     
7.0     
6.9     
7.7    $

5.31     
23.00     
51.21     
102.92     
155.28     
391.60     
8.17     

-     
1,636     
7,798     
7,295     
10,558     
1,124     
28,411     

-    $
8.8     
8.6     
7.7     
7.0     
6.9     
7.2    $

- 
24.84 
51.22 
102.63 
155.41 
391.60 
115.09 

The  options  not  exercisable  were  conditionally  granted  by  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  between  July  1,  2020  and  August  31,  2020  and  are  not  exercisable  until
shareholder approval is received for the increase in the option pool as discussed above.

The number of options and exercise prices have been presented retroactively for the 1 for 40 reverse stock split, which was effective on December 17, 2019.

Note 12: Related Parties

J.  Stephen  Holmes,  our  non-employee  Sales  Manager,  is  an  advisor  to  and  significant  shareholder  of  the  Company,  when  giving  effect  to  unexercised  Preferred  Options
convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock. On June 6, 2019, the Company advanced $325,000 in cash to Mr. Holmes as payment for consulting services. On July
18,  2019,  Mr.  Holmes  repaid  the  advance  by  returning  558,132  shares  of  common  stock  valued  at  $0.58  per  share.  The  Company  classified  these  shares  as  treasury  stock,
which it retired in Fiscal 2020.

The Company incurred $750,000 in professional fees for management consulting services in the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

On  December  23,  2019,  the  Company  issued  428  shares  to  each  of  Sean  Higgins  and  Whitney  White,  both  directors  of  the  Company  at  the  time  of  the  share  issuance,  in
settlement of shares promised in December 2018 but not issued. The fair value on the date issued for the combined issuance of 856 shares was $75,000.

Note 13: Income Taxes

Current income taxes are based upon the year’s income taxable for federal and state tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes (benefits) are provided for certain income
and expenses, which are recognized in different periods for tax and financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible
amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The Company’s deferred
income taxes arise from the temporary differences between financial statement and income tax recognition of net operating losses. These loss carryovers would be limited under
the Internal Revenue Code should a significant change in ownership occur within a three-year period.

Significant components of the net deferred tax assets as reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows :

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Software development costs
Note receivable
Total deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward
Business interest
Workers’ compensation accruals
Stock-based compensation
Deferred rent
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total net deferred tax assets
Net deferred tax assets

Income tax expense consists of the following:

Current

Federal
State

Total current

Deferred

Federal
State

Total deferred

Change in valuation allowance

August 31,

2020

2019

(111,000)   $
(265,000)    
(1,132,000)    
(1,508,000)    

(122,000)
(845,000)
- 
(967,000)

9,362,000     
3,087,000     
2,202,000     
759,000     
14,000     
15,424,000     
(13,916,000)    
1,508,000    $
-    $

(9,157,000)
(2,539,000)
1,763,000 
354,000 
15,000 
13,828,000 
(12,861,000)
967,000 
- 

For the Year Ended
August 31,
2020     

-    $
-     
-     

2019 

- 
- 
- 

(4,670,000)    
(1,915,000)    
(6,584,000)    
6,584,000    $

3,162,000 
197,000 
3,359,000 
(3,359,000)

  $

  $
  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The reconciliation of the statutory federal rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows :

Federal statutory rate (21%)
Non-deductible penalties and other permanent differences
State taxes (8.84%)
Redetermination of prior year taxes
Loss on debt extinguishment
Preferred option exchange expense
Loss on inducement
Change in fair value of derivative and warrant liability
Change in valuation allowance
Net income tax provision

  $

  $

  $

-    $

- 

August 31,
2020
19,000,000    $
(49,000)    
1,688,000     
(184,000)    
(747,000)    
(13,039,000)    
(453,000)    
368,000     
(6,584,000)    
-    $

August 31,
2019

2,673,000 
(430,000)
1,116,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,359,000)
- 

The  Company’s  continuing  practice  is  to  recognize  interest  and/or  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  income  tax  expense. As  of August  31,  2020,  and  2019,  the
Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

As of August 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company had cumulative net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $34,115,000 and $30,686,000 respectively, which begin to
expire in 2029. The deferred tax assets primarily comprise net operating loss carryforwards and other net temporary deductible differences such as stock-based compensation,
deferred rent, depreciation and workers’ compensation accrual. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during
the  periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  the  projected  future  taxable
income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on management’s analysis, they concluded that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset would
not be realized. Therefore, the Company established a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets. The change in the valuation allowance in 2020 and 2019 was
approximately $6,584,000 and $3,359,000, respectively.

The Company’s net operating losses (“NOL”) may be limited by the provisions of IRC Section 382, for which the Company has not performed an analysis of the potential
limitations. These limitations will be imposed when the Company attains taxable income against which the NOL will be utilized. The company had NOLs of $19,971,000 and
$3,843,000 during the periods ending August 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These NOLs have an indefinite life but are limited to 80%. As explained above, the Company
has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets related to NOL Carryforwards will not be utilized.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among
other things, permits NOL carryovers and carrybacks to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows NOLs
incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to each of the five preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of the CARES Act, but at present does not expect that the NOL carryback provision of the CARES Act would result in a material cash benefit.

The  Company  is  subject  to  taxation  in  the  U.S.  The  tax  years  for  2017  and  forward  are  subject  to  examination  by  tax  authorities.  The  Company  is  not  currently  under
examination by any tax authority.

Management has evaluated tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740, and has not identified any tax positions, other than those discussed above, that require disclosure.
The Company does not expect a material change to this assessment over the 12 months following August 31, 2020.

F-29

  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Note 14: Commitments

Operating Lease

Effective April  15,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  non-cancelable  five-year  operating  lease  for  its  Irvine  facility.  On  July  25,  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  a  non-
cancelable operating lease for expansion space at its Irvine offices with a termination date that coincides with the termination date of the prior lease and extended the terms of
the original lease to extend until 2022. The leases for certain facilities contain escalation clauses relating to increases in real property taxes as well as certain maintenance costs.

Effective August 13, 2020, the Company entered into a non-cancelable seven-year operating lease for its Miami facility commencing October 2020 through September 2027.
The lease contains escalation clauses relating to increases in real property taxes as well as certain maintenance costs. 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 2020, are as follows:

Years ended August 31,
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total minimum payments

Non-contributory 401(k) Plan

  $

  $

1,223,000 
1,360,000 
1,044,000 
1,075,000 
1,108,000 
1,652,000 
7,462,000 

The Company has a non-contributory 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all non-union employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed 3
months of service. There were no employer contributions to the 401(k) Plan for the years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019.

Share Repurchase Plan

On July 9, 2019, the Company’s board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of its outstanding common stock as market conditions warrant over a
period of 18 months. The Company has not implemented the share repurchase plan to date and has not repurchased any shares under the plan.

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
Note 15: Contingencies  

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will be resolved only when one or more
future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment
inherently involves an exercise of judgment.

During the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims and litigation. Management believes that the outcome of such claims or litigation will not have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Convertible Note Related Litigation

During calendar 2019, three of the Company’s convertible note holders filed legal complaints. During the year ended August 31, 2020, all convertible note related litigation
was resolved as follows:

Alpha Capital v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On July 3, 2019, the Company was served with a complaint filed by Alpha in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York, alleging breach of contract for
refusing to honor the conversion of certain convertible notes, specifically one for $310,000 submitted on June 20, 2019. Alpha sought an injunction requiring the Company to
issue  25,000  shares  of  common  stock,  damages  for  the  claimed  breaches,  and  attorneys’  fees.  In August  2019,  the  court  denied  the  motion  for  a  preliminary  injunction  but
granted  accelerated  discovery,  which  was  completed  in  September  2019.  As  of  November  30,  2019,  the  Company  had  convertible  notes  outstanding  with  Alpha  for
approximately $1.7 million consisting of $0.3 million of the June 2018 Notes, $0.2 million of the December 2018 Notes, and $1.2 million of the March 2019 Notes. In January
2020, Alpha was awarded a judgment for $500,000 consisting of the $310,000 of notes and $190,000 of damages, and was also awarded accrued interest of $51,000. On January
16, 2020 Alpha converted all remaining June 2018 Note and December 2018 Note balances at $12.20 per share. On January 20, 2020, the Company paid the damages award,
including interest in cash, and resolved the litigation.

Dominion Capital LLC v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On July 18, 2019, the Company was served with a complaint filed by Dominion Capital LLC (“Dominion”) in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York,
alleging breach of contract in refusing to honor the conversion of certain convertible notes. Dominion sought injunctive relief to prohibit buyback, breach of contract on the
June 2018 Notes, the December 2018 Notes, and the March 2019 Notes, and declaratory judgment. In August 2019, the court denied the motion for a preliminary injunction but
granted accelerated discovery, which was completed in September 2019. On January 22, 2020, the Company settled all claims, repaid all remaining notes and cancelled all
related warrants by issuing 83,593 shares of common stock on the date of issuance and making a cash payment of $1,322,000.

MEF I, LP v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On August 27, 2019, MEF I, LP (“MEF”) filed a complaint in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York. MEF sought monetary relief of $2.1 million and
to appoint themselves as receiver of the Company. As of August 31, 2019, the Company had convertible notes outstanding to MEF of approximately $0.7 million face value,
consisting  of  approximately  $0.5  million  and  $0.2  million  for  the  June  2018  Notes  and  the  December  2018  Notes,  respectively.  In  November  2019,  the  Company  formally
opposed MEF’s request to be appointed as receiver. On January 17, 2020, the Company and MEF settled all claims, pursuant to which the Company repaid all note principal
outstanding,  accrued  damages,  and  accrued  interest,  and  cancelled  the  June  2018  Warrants  with  the  issuance  of  20,000  shares  of  common  stock  and  a  cash  payment  of
$725,000.

See also Note 9 above.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kadima Litigation

The Company is in a dispute with its former software developer, Kadima Ventures (“Kadima”), over incomplete but paid for software development work. In May 2016, the
Company entered into a contract with Kadima for the development and deployment of user features that were proposed by Kadima for an original build cost of $2.2 million to
complete. This proposal was later revised upward to approximately $7.2 million to add certain features to the original proposal. As of the date of this Report, the Company has
paid approximately $11 million to Kadima, but has never been provided access to the majority of the promised software. Kadima refused to continue development work, denied
access to developed software, and refuses to surrender to the Company any software that it has developed unless the Company pays an additional $12.0 million above the $11.0
million already paid. In addition to the non-delivery of the paid for user features, Kadima asserts that it is owed additional funds to turn over the work completed. In April 2019,
Kadima filed a complaint against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of Arizona, Maricopa County, alleging claims for breach of contract, promissory estoppel and
unjust enrichment, and seeking damages in excess of $11.0 million. The Company vigorously disputes and denies each of Kadima’s claims, including that it owes any sums to
Kadima, and further believes that it is entitled, at a minimum, to a refund of a substantial portion of the sums that it has already paid, along with the release of the software
modules currently being withheld. In June 2020 the Company engaged in a mediation with Kadima in an attempt to resolve the matter, which was unsuccessful. On July 14,
2020 the Company filed an answer to Kadima’s complaint, which denied Kadima’s claims and asserted counter-claims for breach of contract and fraud. Discovery is underway,
and a trial date has not been set.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
Splond Litigation 

On April 8, 2019, claimant, Corey Splond, filed a class action lawsuit, on behalf of himself and other similarly situated individuals, in the Eighth Judicial District Court for the
State of Nevada, Clark County, naming the Company and its client as defendants, and alleging violations of certain wage and hour laws. This lawsuit is in the initial stages, and
the Company denies any liability. Even if the plaintiff ultimately prevails, the potential damages recoverable will depend substantially upon whether the Court determines in the
future that this lawsuit may appropriately be maintained as a class action.  Further, in the event that the Court ultimately enters a judgment in favor of plaintiff, the Company
believes that it would be contractually entitled to be indemnified by its client against at least a portion of any damage award.

Radaro Litigation

On  July  9,  2020,  we  were  served  with  a  complaint  filed  by  one  of  our  former  software  vendors,  Radaro  Inc.,  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Central  District  of
California, alleging damages arising from claims sounding in breach of contract and fraud. By Order filed October 21, 2020, the Court dismissed plaintiff’s claims for fraud and
for punitive damages, with leave to replead. The Company denies plaintiff’s claims and is defending the lawsuit vigorously. Discovery is underway, and the Court has set a trial
date of March 1, 2022.

Note 16: Subsequent Events

Diamond Litigation

On  September  8,  2020,  a  former  financial  advisor  to  the  Company  filed  a  Complaint  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York  naming  the
Company and one of its officers as defendants. The Complaint asserts multiple causes of action, all of which stem from plaintiff’s claim that he is entitled to compensation from
the Company, in the form of warrants to purchase ShiftPixy common stock, based upon a prior agreement to provide financial advisory services to the Company in connection
with a prior transaction. The Company and the named officer deny the plaintiff’s allegations, and have moved to dismiss plaintiff’s complaint in its entirety.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
October 2020 Public Offering

On  October  8,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  (the  “October  Underwriting Agreement”)  with A.G.P.  in  connection  with  a  public  offering  (the
“October 2020 Offering”) of an aggregate of (i) 4,000,000 shares of its common stock and (ii) warrants to purchase 2,300,000 shares of common stock (the “October 2020
Common Warrants”), which included the partial exercise of A.G.P.’s over-allotment option to purchase 300,000 additional October 2020 Common Warrants.

Each share of common stock was sold together with an October 2020 Common Warrant as a fixed combination, with each share of common stock sold being accompanied by
an October 2020 Common Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock and accompanying October 2020 Common Warrant was sold at a
price to the public of $3.00. The October 2020 Common Warrants were immediately exercisable and will expire on October 13, 2025 and have an exercise price of $3.30 per
share, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments for certain stock splits, stock dividends, or recapitalizations.

The October 2020 Offering closed on October 14, 2020 for gross proceeds of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $1.4 million of costs consisting of underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, which includes a partial exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional
October 2020 Common Warrants. Pursuant to the October Underwriting Agreement, the Company, upon closing of the October 2020 Offering, issued to A.G.P. warrants to
purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock (the “October Underwriter Warrants”), which is 5.0% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in the October
2020 Offering. The October Underwriter Warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from six months after the closing date
and ending five years from the closing date, at a price per share equal to $3.30, which is 110% of the public offering price per share.

ShiftPixy Labs Lease

In October 2020, the Company signed a lease for 23,500 of space located at 4101 NW 25 Street, Miami FL 33142, to house ghost kitchens and production facilities associated
with ShiftPixy Labs. The landlord is Runway 1 LLC, and the lease term is for 64 months, with an expiration date of February 28, 2026.

Management  has  evaluated  subsequent  events  pursuant  to  the  issuance  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  has  determined  that,  other  than  listed  above,  no  other
reportable subsequent events exist through the date of these consolidated financial statements.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None

 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to
management, including the Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and the Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), to allow for timely decisions
regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating disclosure controls and procedures, the Company recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

The  Company  carried  out  an  evaluation  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  management,  including  the  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial
Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K as defined in Rule 13a -15(e) and Rule 15d -15(e)
under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of period covered in this
report, disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting related to the lack of adequate finance and
accounting personnel.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a -15(f) and
Rule 15d -15 (f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with GAAP. Because of inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting
may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to
a change in conditions, or due to the possibility that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2020, based on the framework in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  its  evaluation  as  of August  31,  2020,  management  concluded  that  internal  controls  over
financial reporting were not effective as of August 31, 2020. The Company will be implementing further internal controls throughout its fiscal year ending August 31, 2021, so
as to fully comply with the standards set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  control  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a
material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses detected relate to
the following:

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lack of Adequate Finance and Accounting Personnel

The Company’s current accounting staff is small, and for the early part of Fiscal 2020 we did not have the required infrastructure or accounting staff expertise to adequately
prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP or meet the higher demands of being a U.S. public company. We also lack adequate written policies and procedures
for accounting and financial reporting with respect to the requirements and application of GAAP and SEC disclosure requirements. The lack of sufficient personnel creates
inadequate  segregation  of  duties,  which  makes  the  reporting  process  susceptible  to  errors,  omissions,  and  inadequate  review  procedures.  During  Fiscal  2020,  the  Company
began  to  implement  a  plan  to  develop  its  accounting  and  finance  staff  to  meet  the  needs  of  its  growing  business,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  hiring  of  new  staff,
departmental training and the development of entity level controls and mitigating activity level controls to reduce the risk of management override resulting from inadequate
segregation of duties. That plan was not fully implemented during the year and will continue into Fiscal 2021. During Fiscal 2020, however, the Company engaged outside
experts to perform non-routine analyses for valuation of options and other derivative related expenses as well as to prepare the Company’s income tax provisions and to review
the discontinued operations accounting and disclosures. The Company is in the process of finalizing written policies and procedures to formalize the requirements of GAAP and
SEC disclosure requirements.

The  Company  did  not  perform  an  effective  risk  assessment  or  monitor  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  including  completing  the  documentation  and  procedures
surrounding its IT environment, controls over cut-off procedures, accounting for capitalized software, discontinued operations, segregation of duties, and corporate oversight
functions. The Company will continue its assessment on a quarterly basis. During the reporting of our financial results for Fiscal 2020, we discovered errors surrounding the
accounting  for  our  discontinued  operations,  in  particular  the  classification  of  client  billings,  revenues,  and  cost  of  revenues  between  continued  and  discontinued  operations,
which required a reclassification of revenues and cost of revenues from continuing operations to discontinued operations for the nine months ended May 31, 2020 and for each
reported  quarter  therein,  and  evaluation  of  impairment  for  long  term  assets.  There  was  no  material  impact  to  the  Company’s  balance  sheet  or  income  statement  other  than
reclassifications between continuing and discontinued operations. We have reviewed and are in the process of addressing the control inadequacies by hiring outside consultants
to supplement our staff in analyzing and reviewing the transaction in question that created the need to classify historical income statement activity as discontinued operations.

The Company plans to hire additional personnel and external resources to further mitigate these material weaknesses.

Once the remediation plan for each material weakness is fully implemented, the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting will be considered
fully addressed when the relevant internal controls have been in operation for a sufficient period of time for management to conclude that the material weaknesses have been
fully remediated and the internal controls over financial reporting are effective. The Company will work to design, implement and rigorously test these new controls in order to
make these final determinations.

This  report  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  regarding  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  The  Company’s
registered public accounting firm was not required to issue an attestation on its internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC. The Company
will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls and procedures on an on-going basis.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the changes to the internal controls over financial reporting discussed above, there were no changes that have occurred during the year ended August 31, 2020, that
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 Item 9B. Other Information

On November 23, 2020, the Company notified Nasdaq that it is not in compliance with the audit committee composition requirement under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(c)(2)(A)
due to one vacancy on its audit committee. On February 10, 2020, Sean Higgins, a member of the audit committee, resigned from the board of directors, effective April 1, 2020.
The Company is evaluating the appropriate composition of its board committees and fully intends to regain compliance with Rule 5605(c)(2)(A) within the applicable cure
period.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, Control Persons and Corporate Governance; Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Our board of directors elects our executive officers annually, at a meeting following the annual meeting of shareholders. Our board of directors can also elect persons to fill any
executive officer vacancies. Each officer holds such office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her death, earlier resignation or removal. The following
table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2020:

 PART III

Position

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
  Independent Director
  Chief Financial Officer
  General Counsel
  Independent Director
  Independent Director
  Director

Age
60
66
54
55
44
66
36

Name

Scott W. Absher
Kenneth W. Weaver(1) (2) (3)
Domonic J. Carney
Robert Gans
Whitney White(1) (2) (3)
Christopher Sebes
Amanda Murphy

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of the Nominations Committee.

Executive Officers

Scott  W.  Absher  has  served  as  our  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  director  since  our  formation  in  June  2015.  Since  February  2010  he  has  also  been  President  of
Struxurety, a business insurance advisory company. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. Absher contributes significant industry-specific experience and expertise to our
insurance  products  and  services  and  has  a  deep  understanding  of  all  aspects  of  our  business,  products  and  markets,  as  well  as  substantial  experience  developing  corporate
strategy, assessing emerging industry trends, and managing business operations.

Domonic Carney has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 4, 2019. Mr. Carney began his career at Deloitte  & Touche where he audited high tech startups in Palo
Alto,  CA.  Mr.  Carney  brings  substantial  experience  in  small,  high-growth  companies  as  well  as  over  fifteen  years  of  C-Level  experience  in  micro-cap  public  companies.
Between 1994 and 2001, Mr. Carney worked for various high-tech startups in Silicon Valley, CA, including software development, internet, and internet service providers in
increasing levels of responsibility. From 2001 until 2004, Mr. Carney was the Finance Director in San Diego, CA providing finance support for the Western half of the US
Operations of Danka Office Imaging. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Carney served as the Chief Financial Officer for Composite Technology Corporation (CPTC-OTC), an energy
equipment and technology company that grew from pre-revenue to over $75 million a year between 2005 and 2008. Between 2012 and 2014, Mr. Carney provided C-Level
finance and accounting consulting services to manufacturing, health care, energy, and technology companies in San Diego and Irvine, CA. From 2014 until 2019 Mr. Carney
served  as  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  for  Ener-Core,  Inc.  (ENCR-OTC),  an  energy  technology  company  located  in  Irvine,  CA.  Mr.  Carney  holds  a  Masters  in Accounting
degree from Northeastern University, a Bachelors of Arts in Economics from Dartmouth College, and is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant (inactive status) in the State
of California.

Robert  Gans has served as  our  General  Counsel  since  June  15,  2020,  having  spent  the  past  30  years  as  a  litigator  specializing  in  securities  fraud,  accountants’  liability  and
corporate governance. Prior to joining ShiftPixy, from 2009 to 2020, Mr. Gans maintained his own law office, where his activities included advising corporate boards with
respect to their fiduciary duties and disclosure obligations. Previously, Mr. Gans was a partner at the law firm of Bernstein Litowitz Berger & Grossmann LLP and began his
career at the law firm of Schulte, Roth & Zabel. Mr. Gans holds a Juris Doctor degree from New York University School of Law, a Bachelors of Arts in Government from
Dartmouth College, and is an active member of the Bars of New York and California.

Independent Directors

Kenneth W. Weaver has served as an independent director since December 5, 2016. Mr. Weaver currently serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee and is also a member
of the Compensation Committee and the Nominations Committee. Since April 2012, Mr. Weaver has been the sole proprietor of Ken Weaver Consulting, providing operations
consulting for TVV Capital, a Nashville Private Equity firm. Before his service with TVV, Mr. Weaver spent over 30 years with Bridgestone Corporation, having served in
various  responsible  leadership  roles,  including  as  President,  Bridgestone  North  American  Tire  Commercial  Sales,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Bridgestone  Americas,  and
Chairman, CEO and President, Firestone Diversified Products. Mr. Weaver earned both his bachelor’s degree in business and his Master of Business Administration degree
from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Weaver’s substantial financial background qualifies him as an audit committee financial expert under applicable rules.

Whitney White has served as an independent director since September 28, 2017. Mr. White serves as the chairman of the Compensation and Nominations Committees, and is
also a member of the Audit Committee. Since April 2017, Mr. White has been Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer of Prime Trust, LLC, a Nevada chartered
trust company. Before his service with Prime Trust, Mr. White spent 17 years with W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, an investment banking, advisory and brokerage firm that was
the  underwriter  of  our  Regulation A  offering. At  W.R.  Hambrecht  +  Co.,  LLC,  Mr.  White  served  in  various  executive  roles,  including  as  Chief  Technology  Officer  and
Managing  Director,  Equity  Capital  Markets.  Mr.  White  earned  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  computer  science  &  psychology  from  Hamilton  College,  a  Master  of  Business
Administration degree in finance and accounting from Columbia University’s Graduate School of Business, and a Master of Business Administration degree in technology and
entrepreneurship from the University of California Berkeley’s Hass School of Business. Mr. White holds a Series 79 license as an Investment Banking Representative, a Series
24 license as a General Securities Principal, and a Series 7 license as a General Securities Representative. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. White contributes decades
of  leadership  and  management  experience  building  and  advising  early  stage,  technology-driven  companies.  Based  on  his  investment  banking  experience,  Mr.  White  has
significant  corporate  finance  and  governance  expertise.  As  an  experienced  senior  technologist,  Mr.  White  provides  years  of  experience  applying  technology  to  enhance
traditional business processes.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Christopher Sebes has served as an independent director since February 7, 2020. From August 2004 to July 2014, he served as the CEO of XPIENT Solutions, a full-service,
global provider of solutions for food ordering, digital menus, drive-thru management, kitchen management, inventory, labor and scheduling analytics. From November 2014 to
July 2019, Mr. Sebes served as the President of Xenial, Inc., a cloud-based restaurant and retail management platform. Since August 2019, Mr. Sebes has been a partner and
member of the board of directors of Results Thru Strategy, Inc., a strategic advisory firm specializing in restaurants, hotels, and technology companies serving those industries.
Since September 2019, he has also served as a member of the board of advisors of Valyant AI, which has developed a proprietary conversational AI platform that integrates
with existing mobile, web, call ahead, kiosk and drive-thru platforms. Mr. Sebes received his degree in Hotel and Restaurant Management from the University of Portsmouth
(Hampshire, United Kingdom) in 1975. Mr. Sebes brings to our board of directors his innovative thought leadership and extensive knowledge of restaurant industry technology
both in the United States and abroad.

Other Directors

Amanda Murphy has served as a director since February 10, 2020. Prior to her election to our board of directors, Ms. Murphy served and continues to serve as our Director of
Operations and has been vital to our success and growth in that position. Ms. Murphy has been active in the operations side of the staffing industry at a senior level since 2007.
Ms. Murphy received her certificate in HR Management from California State University – Long Beach in 2007. Ms. Murphy also studied law at Taylor University in Selango,
Malaysia.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our current officers or directors.

Board of Directors

Composition of Our Board of Directors

As of November 30, 2020, our board of directors consisted of five members. Our directors are elected at our annual meeting of shareholders. In addition, directors may be
elected to fill vacancies and newly created directorships by our board of directors. Each director holds the office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or
her successor shall have been elected and qualified; provided, however, that directors can be elected for a term not to exceed five (5) years.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our shareholders through an established
record  of  professional  accomplishment,  the  ability  to  contribute  positively  to  our  collaborative  culture,  knowledge  of  our  business  and  understanding  of  our  prospective
markets.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Weaver and White. Mr. Weaver serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee and qualifies as an audit committee financial expert
within the meaning of SEC regulations and the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making a determination on which member will qualify as a financial expert, our board of directors
considers the formal education and nature and scope of such member’s previous experience.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Audit Committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. Our
Audit Committee’s responsibilities include:

·

·

·

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

reviewing  and  discussing with  management  and  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  our  annual  and  quarterly  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related
disclosures;

· monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

·

·

·

overseeing our internal accounting function;

discussing our risk management policies;

establishing  policies regarding  hiring  employees  from  our  registered  public  accounting  firm  and  procedures  for  the  receipt  and  retention  of  accounting-related
complaints and concerns;

· meeting independently with our internal accounting staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

·

·

reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions; and

preparing audit committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Weaver and White, with Mr. White serving as chairman. Our Compensation Committee assists our board of directors in the
discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities include:

·

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to our Chief Executive Officer;

· making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

·

·

·

·

·

·

overseeing evaluations of our senior executives;

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisers;

overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure; and

preparing the compensation committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee, at any time, officers or employees of the Company. None of our executive officers currently serve, or in the past year
have  served,  as  a  member  of  our  board  of  directors  or  the  compensation  committee  of  any  entity  that  has  one  or  more  executive  officers  on  our  board  of  directors  or
Compensation Committee.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nominations Committee

Our Nominations Committee consists of Messrs. Weaver and White, with Mr. White serving as chairman. The Nominations Committee’s responsibilities include:

·

·

·

·

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to be appointed to each committee of our board of directors;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning; and

overseeing periodic evaluations of board members.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. Our board of directors currently implements its risk
oversight  function  as  a  whole.  Each  of  the  board  committees  also  provides  risk  oversight  in  respect  of  its  areas  of  concentration  and  reports  material  risks  to  our  board  of
directors for further consideration.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial
officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The code of conduct is posted on our website, and we will post all disclosures that
are required by law or Nasdaq rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

Director Independence

Rule  5605  of  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules  requires  a  majority  of  a  listed  company’s  board  of  directors  to  be  comprised  of  independent  directors  within  one  year  of  listing.  In
addition,  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules  require  that,  subject  to  specified  exceptions,  each  member  of  a  listed  company’s  audit,  compensation  and  nominating  and  corporate
governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

In selecting our independent directors, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such person has with our company and all the other facts and circumstances
our  board  of  directors  deemed  relevant  in  determining  independence,  including  the  beneficial  ownership  of  our  capital  stock  by  each  such  person.  Using  this  definition  of
independence, we have determined that three directors, Kenneth Weaver, Whitney White, and Christopher Sebes, are independent directors.

Legal Proceedings

Unless otherwise indicated, no officer, director, or persons nominated for such positions, promoter or significant employee has been involved in the last ten years in any of the
following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two
years prior to that time,

Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses),

Being  subject  to  any  order,  judgment,  or  decree,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated, of  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  permanently  or  temporarily
enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting their involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities,

Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or
commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated,

Having any government agency, administrative agency, or administrative court impose an administrative finding, order, decree, or sanction against  them as a result of their
involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity,

Being the subject of a pending administrative proceeding related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity, or

Having any administrative proceeding threatened against them related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.

Administrative Order and Settlement with State Securities Commissions

On June 25, 2013, the Alabama Securities Commission issued a Cease and Desist Order (the “Order”) against Scott W. Absher and other named persons and entities, requiring
that they cease and desist from further offers or sales of any security in the State of Alabama. The Order asserts that Mr. Absher was the president of a company that issued
unregistered securities to certain Alabama residents, that he was the owner of a company that was seeking investments, and that in March 2011 he spoke to an Alabama resident
who was an investor in one of the named entities. The Order concludes that Mr. Absher and others caused the offer or sale of unregistered securities through unregistered agents.
While  Mr. Absher  disputes  many  of  the  factual  statements  and  specifically  that  he  was  an  owner  or  officer  of  any  of  the  entities  involved  in  the  sale  of  the  unregistered
securities to Alabama residents or that he authorized any person to solicit investments for his company, in the interest of allowing the matter to become resolved, he did not
provide a response.

Legal Matters Related to J. Stephen Holmes

J.  Stephen  Holmes  is  a  co-founder  and  currently  an  independent  contractor  and  holder  of  a  substantial  number  of  Preferred  Options  which,  if  exercised  and  converted  to
common stock, would render him a significant shareholder of the Company. As a condition of certifying our common stock for a Nasdaq listing, Mr. Holmes agreed to the
disclosure of his prior conviction for acts related to making false statements in relation to two quarterly IRS Form 941 Employer Federal Quarterly tax returns, one in 1996 and
the second in 1997, for a company for which he was at the time an officer. The former company is not affiliated or related to us in any way. As an independent contractor with
us, Mr. Holmes is focusing upon building a sales network and providing consulting in relation to workers’ compensation programs as well as ACA health insurance programs,
and as such is not involved in any part of the accounting or tax paying and IRS return filing areas of our operations.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who beneficially own more than 10%
of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of beneficial ownership and changes in beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities with the SEC on
Forms  3  (Initial  Statement  of  Beneficial  Ownership),  4  (Statement  of  Changes  of  Beneficial  Ownership  of  Securities)  and  5  (Annual  Statement  of  Beneficial  Ownership  of
Securities). Directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Company’s Common Stock are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Our directors and executive officers have filed such reports as required, other than as noted below.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Christopher Sebes was not timely in the filing of his Initial Statement of Beneficial Ownership of Securities on Form 3 during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020.

Amanda Murphy was not timely in the filing of her Initial Statement of Beneficial Ownership of Securities on Form 3 during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020.

79

 
 
 
 
 Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid during the two fiscal years ended August 31, 2020 and 2019, to the named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
Scott W. Absher

President, Chief Executive Officer

Year

and Director
Domonic J. Carney

Chief Financial Officer

Robert Gans

General Counsel

Salary
($)
750,000 

750,000 
350,000 
12,115(3)   
72,917(4)   
— 

2020     

2019     
2020     
2019     
2020     
2019     

Stocks
Awards
($)

Option
Awards
($)(1)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

Total
($)

—     

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

— 

— 
269,313(2)   
— 
219,100(5)   
— 

—     

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     

750,000 

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

750,000 
619,313 
12,115 
292,017 
— 

(1) The amount shown for option awards represents the grant date fair value of such awards granted to the named executive officers as computed in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. For each award, the grant date fair value is calculated using the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. This
amount  does  not  correspond  to  the  actual  value  that  may be  realized  by  the  named  executive  officers  upon  vesting  or  exercise  of  such  award.  For  information  on  the
assumptions used to calculate the value of the awards, refer to Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) Represents  61,459 options  issued  pursuant  to  the  2017  Plan  on  July  1,  2020,  conditional  upon  shareholder  approval,  exercisable  at  a  price  of $5.40  per  share,  which  is

estimated to have been the fair market value price per share at the time of the award.

(3) Mr. Carney joined our company on August 4, 2019 and received an annual salary of $350,000 for Fiscal 2019, (pro-rated to reflect the portion of Fiscal  2019 that he was
employed by the Company), and Fiscal 2020. On November 6, 2020, the board of directors, acting upon the recommendation of its compensation committee, approved an
increase in Mr. Carney’s annual salary to $450,000, effective November 1, 2020.

(4) Mr.  Gans  joined  our  company  on June  15,  2020  and  received  an  annual  salary  of  $350,000  for  Fiscal  2020  (pro-rated  to  reflect  the  portion  of  Fiscal  2020 that  he  was
employed by the Company). On November 6, 2020, the board of directors, acting upon the recommendation of its compensation committee, approved an increase in Mr.
Gans’ annual salary to $450,000, effective November 1, 2020.

(5) Represents  50,000 options  issued  pursuant  to  the  2017  Plan  on  July  1,  2020,  conditional  upon  shareholder  approval,  exercisable  at  a  price  of $5.40  per  share,  which  is

estimated to have been the fair market value price per share at the time of the award.

Agreements Regarding Change in Control and Termination of Employment

None

80

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The  following  table  summarizes  the  outstanding  equity  awards  held  by  each  named  executive  officer  as  of August  31,  2020.  This  table  includes  unexercised  and  unvested
options and equity awards

Scott W. Absher

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Domonic J. Carney

Chief Financial Officer

Robert Gans

General Counsel

Director Compensation

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Exercisable

Number of
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned Options
(#)
Unexercisable

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

1,250 

— 

— 

—     

160.00   

 3/15/2027

61,459     

50,000     

5.40   

5.40   

6/30/2030

 6/30/2030

Our directors classified as employees receive no additional compensation for services as directors of the Company. The following table summarizes the compensation paid to
our non-employee directors during Fiscal 2020:

Name
Scott W. Absher(3)
Kenneth W. Weaver
Whitney J. White
Sean C. Higgins(5)
Christopher Sebes(7)
Amanda Murphy(8)

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)(1)

Stock
Awards
($)(2)

Option
Awards
($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

Total
($)

—     
90,000     
90,000     
35,000     
49,000     
—     

— 

37,500(4)   
37,500(6)   
— 
— 

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

— 
90,000 
127,500 
72,500 
49,000 
— 

(1) Represents monthly board of director fees paid or payable in cash during Fiscal 2020.

(2) Represents annual value of stock awards issued during Fiscal 2020 under our 2017 Plan.

(3) Mr. Absher did not receive any compensation for his services as a director during Fiscal 2020.

(4) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. White’s director agreement, we issued 428 shares of common stock on December 23, 2019, valued at $37,500 or $87.62 per share.

(5) Mr. Higgins resigned from our board of directors on February 10, 2020, effective April 1, 2020.

(6) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Higgins’ director agreement, we issued 428 shares of common stock on December 23, 2019, valued at $37,500 or $87.62 per share.

(7) Mr. Sebes joined our board of directors on February 7, 2020.

(8) Ms. Murphy joined our board of directors on February 10, 2020.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
      
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Equity Incentive Plans

In March 2017, we adopted the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides incentives to eligible employees, officers, directors and consultants in the form of incentive stock options,
non-qualified stock options and stock. We have reserved, subject to shareholder approval, a total of 3,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan. Of
these shares, approximately 43,415 shares have been designated by our board of directors for issuance through October 6, 2020. Approximately 38,000 of the options have been
forfeited and returned to the option pool under the 2017 Plan as a consequence of employment terminations. Unless the Plan Administrator under the 2017 Plan determines
otherwise, each option is immediately exercisable and the shares subject to such option will vest pursuant to each grant notice.

On July 1, 2020, our board of directors unanimously approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock issuable under our 2017 Plan from 250,000 to 3,000,000,
subject  to  approval  by  a  majority  of  our  shareholders  no  later  than  the  next  regularly  scheduled  annual  shareholders  meeting. Also,  on  July  1,  2020,  our  board  of  directors
approved  the  award,  primarily  to  current  employees,  and  subject  to  shareholder  approval  no  later  than  the  next  regularly  scheduled  annual  meeting,  of  grants  of  options  to
purchase 1,235,159 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.40 per share, which was the closing price of our common stock as reported by Nasdaq at the close of
trading  on  the  day  of  our  board  of  directors’  action.  Of  the  options  awarded,  995,000  are  designated  as  “incentive  stock  options”,  and  280,159  are  designated  as  “non-
qualifying” or “non-statutory” options under the Code. These options have a 10-year life and will vest over a period of time as follows: 25% vest after a 12-month service period
following the award, and the balance vest in equal quarterly installments over the next 12 quarters of service.

Between July 2, 2020 and October 6, 2020, we awarded additional options to purchase 230,000 shares of our common stock. These options have the same vesting terms as the
options awarded on July 1, 2020 and were each priced on the closing market price of their grant date with a weighted average exercise price of $4.92 per share. Between July 2,
2020 and October 6, 2020, a total of 71,922 of the options awarded on July 1, 2020 were cancelled.

Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

On March 23, 2016, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Scott W. Absher, our President and Chief Executive Officer (the “Absher Offer Letter”), which included
certain  provisions  related  to  the  executive’s  compensation.  The Absher  Offer  Letter  provides  for  a  full-time  exempt  position,  an  annual  base  salary  and  standard  employee
benefit plan participation.

On July 16, 2019, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Domonic J. Carney, our Chief Financial Officer (the “Carney Offer Letter”). The Carney Offer Letter provides
for at-will employment, a monthly salary of $29,166.67, participation in the 2017 Plan and standard employee benefit plan participation.

On  June  7,  2020,  we  entered  into  an  offer  letter  agreement  with  Robert  Gans,  our  General  Counsel  (the  “Gans  Offer  Letter”).  The  Gans  Offer  Letter  provides  for  at-will
employment, a monthly salary of $29,166.67, participation in the 2017 Plan and standard employee benefit plan participation.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2020, for (i) all executive officers and
directors  as  a  group  and  (ii)  each  person,  or  group  of  affiliated  persons,  known  by  us  to  be  the  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  ten  percent  (10%)  of  our  capital  stock.  The
percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 28,742,216 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of August 31, 2020. In addition, shares of
common  stock  that  may  be  acquired  by  the  stockholder  within  60  days  of August  31,  2020,  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  stock  options  are  deemed  to  be  outstanding  for  the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such shareholder but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person shown in the table. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address for each stockholder listed is c/o ShiftPixy, Inc., 501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL
33131.

Executive Officers and Directors
Scott W. Absher, CEO and Chairman [1]
Domonic J. Carney, Chief Financial Officer [2]
Robert S. Gans, General Counsel [2]
Kenneth W. Weaver, Director [3]
Whitney J. White, Director [3]
Christopher Sebes, Director
Amanda Murphy, Director and Director of Operations [4]
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group [7 persons]

5% Stockholders

Stephen Holmes [5]

Number of
Shares
 Beneficially
Owned

12,813,750     
--     
--     
5,062     
1,498     
--     
2,024     
12,822,334     

Number
of Shares
Acquirable

Beneficial
Ownership
Percentage

0     
61,459     
50,000     
0     
0     
0     
103,750     
215,209     

44.6%
*% 
*% 
*% 
*% 
*% 
*% 
44.6%

12,084,750     

11,790,000     

42.0%

*

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Less than 1%

Represents 12,812,000 shares of common stock and 1,250 shares underlying options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2020.

Represents options granted at $5.40 per share on July 1, 2020 which are subject to shareholder approval no later than the next regularly scheduled annual meeting of
shareholders.  Vesting of the options granted begins on the later of July 1, 2021 or shareholder approval.

Represents shares of common stock issued in conjunction with services rendered as a director of the Company.

Represents  2,024  shares  underlying  options  exercisable within  60  days  of August  31,  2020.    Does  not  represent  101,726  options  not  exercisable  within  60  days  of
August 31,  2020  of  which  100,000  are  options  granted  at  $5.40  per  share  on  July  1,  2020  which  are  subject  to  shareholder  approval no  later  than  the  next  regularly
scheduled annual meeting of shareholders.  Vesting of the 2020 options granted begins on the later of July 1, 2021 or shareholder approval.

Represents  294,750  shares  of  common  stock  and 11,790,000 shares of common stock underlying Preferred Options to purchase shares of preferred stock exercisable
within 60 days of August 31, 2020. The business address for Mr. Holmes is 22 Trailing Ivy, Irvine, CA 92620.

83

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
  
 
 
      
      
  
 
 
 
      
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

On September 28, 2017, Whitney White, one of the Company’s independent directors, was awarded 26,316 shares of our common stock for services valued at $75,000 at a fair
value at the time of issuance of $2.85 per share.

On August 9, 2018, Ken Weaver, our Audit Committee chair and independent director, was granted 12,296 shares of our common stock at a fair value at the time of issuance of
$37,500 or $3.05 per share. The shares in connection with such issuance were deemed to have been purchased and immediately vested on August 9, 2018, as a consequence of
Mr.  Weaver’s  continued  service  as  director  through  that  date. An  additional  12,296  shares  were  also  committed  on August  9,  2018,  to  issue  through  the  2017  Plan  to  Mr.
Weaver, at a fair value of $37,500 or $3.05 per share, and deemed to have been purchased and immediately vested on November 30, 2018, as a consequence of Mr. Weaver’s
continued service as director through that date.

On April 16, 2019, Mr. White was issued 16,448 shares of our common stock for services rendered valued at $37,500 at a fair value at the time of issuance of $2.28 per share.

On June 6, 2019, Mr. Steven Holmes, a company founder and significant shareholder who provides sales consulting services, was advanced $325,000 in cash. On July 18, 2019
Mr. Holmes repaid the advance by returning 558,132 shares of common stock at a fair value of $0.58 per share.

On August 19, 2019 Mr. Weaver was issued 79,788 shares of our common stock for services rendered valued at $37,500 at a fair value of $0.47 per share.

On December 23, 2019, pursuant to the terms of his director agreement, we issued to Mr. White 428 shares of our common stock, valued at $37,500 or $87.62 per share.

Our board of directors has determined that three of our board members, Kenneth Weaver, Whitney White, and Christopher Sebes, qualify as “independent” as the term is used
in Item 7(d)(3)(iv)(B) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as defined by Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

84

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Marcum LLP was our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2020, and 2019.

The following table shows the fees paid or reasonably expected to be incurred by us for the audit and other services provided by our auditor for fiscal years ended August 31,
2020 and 2019.

Audit Fees (Marcum LLP)
All Other Fees
Total

2020

2019

419,000    $
229,000     
648,000    $

275,000 
- 
275,000 

  $

  $

As defined by the SEC, (i) “audit fees” are fees for professional services rendered by our principal accountant for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of
financial statements included in our Form 10-K, or for services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements
for those fiscal years; (ii) “audit-related fees” are fees for assurance and related services by our principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or
review  of  our  financial  statements  and  are  not  reported  under  “audit  fees;”  (iii)  “tax  fees”  are  fees  for  professional  services  rendered  by  our  principal  accountant  for  tax
compliance, tax advice, and tax planning; and (iv) “all other fees” are fees for products and services provided by our principal accountant, other than the services reported under
“audit fees,” “audit-related fees,” and “tax fees.”

Under applicable SEC rules, the Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in order to ensure that they
do not impair the auditors’ independence. The SEC’s rules specify the types of non-audit services that an independent auditor may not provide to its audit client and establish
the Audit Committee’s responsibility for administration of the engagement of the independent auditors. Accordingly, our Audit Committee will pre-approve the audit and non-
audit services performed by the independent auditors.

Consistent with the SEC’s rules, the Audit Committee Charter requires that the Audit Committee review and pre-approve all audit services and permitted non-audit services
provided by the independent auditors to us or any of our subsidiaries. The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to a member of the Audit Committee and if it
does, the decisions of that member must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

85

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 Item 15. Exhibits

 PART IV

Exhibit
No.
3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

4.1

4.2*

10.1

10.2

Document Description

  Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to our Offering Circular filed with the SEC on Form 1-A on May 31, 2016)

  Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.6 to our Form 1-A/A filed with the SEC on October 18, 2016)

  Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of ShiftPixy, Inc., dated January 7, 2020  (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3 to our current Report on Form

8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2020)

  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of ShiftPixy, Inc., dated March 20. 2020  (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report

on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020)

  Bylaws of ShiftPixy, Inc., as amended through February 16, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to our 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 22,

2018)

  Articles of Incorporation – Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.4 to our Form 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on

August 16, 2016)

  Bylaws – Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.5 to our Form 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on August 16, 2016)

  Amended Principal Shareholder Option (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.5 to our 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2016)

  Description of the Registrant’s Securities

  Stock Option and Share Issuance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.8 to our 1-A POS, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017)

  Form of 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note Due September 4, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the SEC on June 8, 2018)

10.3

  Form of Security Agreement, dated June 4, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June

8, 2018)

10.4

  Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 8,

2018)

10.5

  Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 4, 2018 ( incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the

SEC on June 8, 2018)

10.6

  Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 4, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the

SEC on June 8, 2018)

10.7†

  First Amendment  to  Director Agreement,  by  and  between  Shift  Pixy,  Inc.  and  Kenneth  W.  Weaver Agreement,  dated August  1,  2017  (incorporated by

reference from Exhibit 10.7 to our Annual Report on form 10-K/A, Amendment No. 2, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2018)

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
10.8

10.9

Form of Limited Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, dated December 20, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 24, 2018)

Form of 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note Due December 31, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on December 20, 2018)

10.10

  Form of Secured Convertible Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019)

10.11

10.12

10.13

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March
12, 2019)

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 11, 2019  (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with
the SEC on March 12, 201.)

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12,
2019)

10.14

  Form of Amendment Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019)

10.15

10.16

10.17†

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22  

10.23

Form of  Amended  and  Restated  8%  Senior  Secured  Convertible  Note,  dated  December  20,  2018 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit 10.4  to  our
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019)

Form of Amended  and  Restated  8%  Senior  Secured  Convertible  Note,  dated  June  4,  2018 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit 10.5  to  our  Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019)

Form of Offer Letter to Domonic Carney, dated July 16, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on August 1, 2019)

Form of Amended and Restated 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note, dated June 4, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 6, 2019)

Senior Secured Convertible Note, dated March 12, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC
on December 6, 2019)

Form of Exchange Agreement, dated December 5, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC
on December 6, 2019)

Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  January  3,  2020,  by  and  between  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  and  Shiftable  HR  Acquisition,  LLC,  dated  January  3,  2020
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 8, 2020)

Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, dated January 22, 2020, by and between ShiftPixy, Inc. and Dominion Capital LLC (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2020)

Settlement  Agreement,  dated  January  16,  2020,  by  and  between  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  and  MEF  I,  LP (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.23  to  our
registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 30, 2020)

87

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

10.34

10.35†

10.36†

Amendment and Exchange Agreement, dated March 23, 2020, by and between ShiftPixy, Inc. and Alpha Capital Anstalt  (incorporated  by reference from
Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2020)

Amendment and Exchange Agreement, dated March 23, 2020, by and between ShiftPixy, Inc. and Osher Capital Partners LLC  (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2020)

Exchange Agreement, dated March 24, 2020, by and between ShiftPixy, Inc. and CVI Investments, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 25, 2020)

Form of Amended  and  Restated  Note  issued  to Alpha  Capital Anstalt  and  Osher  Capital  Partners  on  March  23,  2020  (incorporated by  reference  from
Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2020)

Form of Exchange Note issued to Alpha Capital Anstalt and Osher Capital Partners on March 23, 2020 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2020)

Form of Exchange Warrant issued to Alpha Capital Anstalt and Osher Capital Partners on March 23, 2020  (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to
our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2020)

Form of Exchange Warrant issued to CVI Capital Investments, Inc. on March 24, 2020 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2020)

Form of Exchange Note issued to CVI Capital Investments, Inc. on March 24, 2020 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 24, 2020)

Form of Pre-Funded Warrant (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC
on May 19, 2020)

Form of Underwriter Warrant  (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC
on May 19, 2020)

Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant  (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed
with the SEC on May 19, 2020)

Offer Letter to Scott W. Absher, dated March 23, 2016  (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to our registration statement on Form S-1, filed with
the SEC on March 30, 2020)

Offer Letter to Robert Gans, dated June 7, 2020 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.26 to our registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC
on October 8, 2020)

21.1

  List of Subsidiaries of ShiftPixy, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21.1 to our registration statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on March 30,

2020)

31.1

  CERTIFICATION of CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY

ACT OF 2002

31.2

  CERTIFICATION of CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY

ACT OF 2002

32.1

  CERTIFICATION of  CEO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350,  AS  ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  906  OF  THE  SARBANES-

OXLEYACT OF 2002

32.2

  CERTIFICATION of  CFO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350,  AS  ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  906  OF  THE  SARBANES-

OXLEYACT OF 2002

101.1NS

  XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document

101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed herewith

** XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to
liability under these sections.

88

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
  
 
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

ShiftPixy, Inc.,
a Wyoming corporation

Title

  Name

  Date

  Signature

Principal Executive Officer

  Scott W. Absher

  November 30, 2020

  /s/ Scott W. Absher

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated:

SIGNATURE

  NAME

  TITLE

  DATE

/s/ Scott W. Absher

Scott W. Absher

  Principal Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

November 30, 2020

/s/ Domonic J. Carney

/s/ Christopher Sebes  

/s/ Kenneth W. Weaver

/s/ Whitney J. White

/s/ Amanda Murphy

Domonic J. Carney

  Principal Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

  Christopher Sebes

  Independent Director

  Kenneth W. Weaver

  Independent Director

  Whitney J. White

  Independent Director

  Amanda Murphy

  Director

November 30, 2020

  November 30, 2020

  November 30, 2020

  November 30, 2020

  November 30, 2020

The above signatures constitute the signatures of the majority of our Board of Directors 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES 
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 4.2

As of November 30, 2020, the only class of securities that ShiftPixy, Inc., (the “Company”) has registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

amended (the “Exchange Act”), is our Common Stock.

Description of Common Stock

The following description of our Common Stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and our Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which are incorporated by reference as an exhibit to
the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.2 is a part. We encourage you to read our Articles of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the applicable provisions of the
Wyoming Business Corporation Act, Title 17, Chapter 16 of the Wyoming Statutes, for additional information.

Authorized Capital Shares

Our authorized capital shares consist of 750,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred

Class A Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). The outstanding shares of our Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Voting Rights

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters voted on by the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our common stock does

not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors in its discretion out of funds
legally available for the payment of dividends. The Company has not declared or paid any dividends in its history, and our board of directors has not announced any plans to
declare or pay any dividends in the future.

Liquidation Rights

Subject to any preferential right of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock will share ratably in all assets legally available for distribution to

our stockholders in the event of dissolution.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Rights and Preferences

Our Common Stock has no sinking fund or redemption provisions or preemptive, conversion or exchange rights. Holders of Common Stock may act, in the absence of

a meeting, if consents in writing setting forth the action to be taken are signed by holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would
be required to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

Listing

The Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the trading symbol “PIXY.”

Description of Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized by our Articles of Incorporation to establish classes or series of preferred stock and fix the designation, powers, preferences and
rights of the shares of each such class or series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Any shares of
preferred stock so issued would have priority over our Common Stock with respect to dividend or liquidation rights. Any future issuance of preferred stock may have the effect
of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control without further action by our shareholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our
Common Stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Scott W. Absher, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light
of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal
control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors
and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)

b)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial
reporting.

DATE: November 30, 2020

ShiftPixy, Inc.

By:/s/ Scott W. Absher
Scott W. Absher

  Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Domonic J. Carney, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light
of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant's  internal
control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and
the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)

b)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial
reporting.

DATE: November 30, 2020

By:/s/ Domonic J. Carney
  Domonic J. Carney
  Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended August 31, 2020, of ShiftPixy, Inc. (the "Company") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and that the information contained in such Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

DATE: November 30, 2020

ShiftPixy, Inc.

By:/s/ Scott W. Absher
Scott W. Absher

  Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed
form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to ShiftPixy, Inc., and will be retained by ShiftPixy, Inc. and furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the period ended August 31, 2020, of ShiftPixy, Inc. (the "Company") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and that the information contained in such Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

DATE: November 30, 2020

By:/s/ Domonic J. Carney
  Domonic J. Carney
  Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed
form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to ShiftPixy, Inc. and will be retained by ShiftPixy, Inc. and furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.